Volume 6, Issue 5(7), May 2017 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational Research
Published by Sucharitha Publications 8-43-7/1, Chinna Waltair Visakhapatnam – 530 017 Andhra Pradesh – India Email: [email protected] Website: www.ijmer.in
Editorial Board Editor-in-Chief Dr.K. Victor Babu Faculty, Department of Philosophy Andhra University – Visakhapatnam - 530 003 Andhra Pradesh – India
EDITORIAL BOARD MEMBERS
Prof. S.Mahendra Dev Vice Chancellor Prof. Fidel Gutierrez Vivanco Indira Gandhi Institute of Development Founder and President Research Escuela Virtual de Asesoría Filosófica Mumbai Lima Peru
Prof.Y.C. Simhadri Prof. Igor Kondrashin Vice Chancellor, Patna University The Member of The Russian Philosophical Former Director Society Institute of Constitutional and Parliamentary The Russian Humanist Society and Expert of Studies, New Delhi & The UNESCO, Moscow, Russia Formerly Vice Chancellor of Benaras Hindu University, Andhra University Nagarjuna University, Patna University Dr. Zoran Vujisiæ Rector Prof. (Dr.) Sohan Raj Tater St. Gregory Nazianzen Orthodox Institute Universidad Rural de Guatemala, GT, U.S.A Former Vice Chancellor Singhania University, Rajasthan Prof.U.Shameem Prof.K.Sreerama Murty Department of Zoology Andhra University Visakhapatnam Department of Economics Andhra University - Visakhapatnam Dr. N.V.S.Suryanarayana Dept. of Education, A.U. Campus Dr.V.Venkateswarlu Vizianagaram Assistant Professor Dept. of Sociology & Social Work Dr. Kameswara Sharma YVR Acharya Nagarjuna University, Guntur Asst. Professor Dept. of Zoology Prof. P.D.Satya Paul Sri. Venkateswara College, Delhi University, Department of Anthropology Delhi Andhra University – Visakhapatnam I Ketut Donder Prof. Josef HÖCHTL Depasar State Institute of Hindu Dharma Department of Political Economy Indonesia University of Vienna, Vienna & Ex. Member of the Austrian Parliament Prof. Roger Wiemers Austria Professor of Education Lipscomb University, Nashville, USA Prof. Alexander Chumakov Chair of Philosophy Dr. N.S. Dhanam Russian Philosophical Society Department of Philosophy Moscow, Russia Andhra University Visakhapatnam Dr.B.S.N.Murthy Dr.Ton Quang Cuong Department of Mechanical Engineering Dean of Faculty of Teacher Education GITAM University University of Education, VNU, Hanoi Visakhapatnam Prof. Chanakya Kumar Dr.S.V Lakshmana Rao Department of Computer Science Coordinator University of Pune,Pune A.P State Resource Center Visakhapatnam Prof. Djordje Branko Vukelic Department for Production Engineering Dr.S.Kannan University of Novi Sad, Serbia Department of History Annamalai University Prof. Shobha V Huilgol Annamalai Nagar, Chidambaram Department of Pharmacology Off- Al- Ameen Medical College, Bijapur Dr. B. Venkataswamy H.O.D., & Associate Professor Prof.Joseph R.Jayakar Dept. of Telugu, P.A.S. College Department of English Pedanandipadu, Guntur, India GITAM University Dr.E. Ashok Kumar Hyderabad Department of Education North- Eastern Hill University, Shillong Prof.Francesco Massoni Department of Public Health Sciences Dr.K.Chaitanya University of Sapienza, Rome Department of Chemistry Nanjing University of Science and Prof.Mehsin Jabel Atteya Technology Al-Mustansiriyah University People’s Republic of China College of Education Department of Mathematics, Iraq Dr.Merina Islam Department of Philosophy Prof. Ronato Sabalza Ballado Cachar College, Assam Department of Mathematics Dr. Bipasha Sinha University of Eastern Philippines, Philippines S. S. Jalan Girls’ College University of Calcutta, Calcutta Dr.Senthur Velmurugan .V Librarian Prof. N Kanakaratnam Kalasalingam University Dept. of History, Archaeology & Culture Krishnankovil Tamilnadu Dravidian University, Kuppam Andhra Pradesh Dr.J.B.Chakravarthi
Dr. K. John Babu Assistant Professor Department of Journalism & Mass Comm Department of Sahitya Central University of Kashmir, Kashmir Rasthritya Sanskrit Vidyapeetha, Tirupati
Dr.T.V.Ramana Prof. R. Siva Prasadh Department of Economics, Andhra University Institute of Advanced Studies in Education Campus, Kakinada Andhra University, Visakhapatnam
® © Editor-in-Chief, IJMER Typeset and Printed in India www.ijmer.in IJMER, Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational Research, concentrates on critical and creative research in multidisciplinary traditions. This journal seeks to promote original research and cultivate a fruitful dialogue between old and new thought.
Volume 6 C OIssue N T E 5 (N7 )T S May 2017 S. Pg.
No No 1. Inter-Relationship between Pe Ratio and Nifty Spot Index: 1 A Time Series Analysis Sarbajit Paul 2. An Exploration of the Concept of Agency in 14 Kundakundāchārya's Samayasāra Vidhu Jain 3. A Study on Impact of Demographic Factors Related to 26 Risk Aversion and Overconfidence of Investors in Investment Decision Making in Rajkot District Vidya Bhupatsinh Zankat 4. A Study on Child Labour in Assam with Special Reference 47 to Dhemaji District Jatin Dutta 5. Marketing Opportunities and Challenges in Dairy 63 Business in Nepal Ashok Raj Thakur and N. Sambasiva Rao 6. Post Modernism and Post-colonialism : Joseph Conrad 79 Selected Novels-A Glimpses Ambati Suribabu 7. Problems & Prospects of E-Governance in India 91 A.B.Santhi 8. Need of Ethical Principles for the Teaching 108 M.Anwar Hussain 9. Continuous Process Improvement - An Essential Attribute 114 in Higher Education Anuj Kumar Singh, V.K.Narang and Archana Singh 10. Influence of Demographic Factors on Women 121 Entrepreneurship : A Study of Women Entrepreneurs of UCBS in Udaipur District of Rajasthan Anushree Sharma 11. Fabrication of Banana Fibre and Polypropylene and 137 Evaluation of Tensile Strength Ashish Kumar Singh, Maneesh Mishra and Anurag Shrivastava 12. Thimmamma Marrimanu: The Biggest Banyan Tree in 145 the World V.Raj Mahammadh 13. Factors Affecting the Saving Behavior of Households in 157 Urban Areas of Ilu Aba Bor Administrative Zone Fitsum Fissiha, Lemesa Diriba, Sekata Kenea and Zigale Matebie 14. Mo-Oka Pariseelana 175 G. Jhansi Van 15. The Metaphysics of Advaita with Special Reference to 178 ‘Vedānta Prabodha’ by Swamī Paramānanda Bhāratī M. Jyothimani 16. Effectiveness of Orientation cum Demonstration 190 Programme on Knowledge Regarding Comprehensive Nursing Care of CABG Patients among Nursing Students Posted in Cardiac Unit at a Selected Hospital, Vadodara, Gujarat Nisha Danny,Ravindra H.N. and Kevin Christian 17. Dr. Vempalli Gangadhar Molakala Punnami 202 Ithivruthanusilana Prathap Kota 18. Khammam Zilla Sahityam 208 J.Venkatlalm 19. Knowledge Attitude and Practice (KAP) of HIV/AIDS 212 among Sex Workers of East Godavari, Andhra Pradesh V. Jayasri 20. A Study on Learning Achievement of VIII Standard 220 Students in Mathematics(A Study of Andaman and Nicobar Islands) Santosh Kumar 21. Weekly Market Problems: An Analysis 232 V. Sudhakara Rao 22. A Glance at the Hindu Women’s Property Rights 243 Ommi Rama Rao
ISSN : 2277 – 7881 Dr. K. VICTOR BABU Impact Factor :4.527(2016) M.A.,M.A.,M.Phil.,Ph.D.,PDF, (D.Lit) Index Copernicus Value: 5.16 Faculty of Philosophy and Religious Studies & Editor-in-Chief International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational Research (IJMER) & Sucharitha: A Journal of Philosophy and Religion Andhra University, Visakhapatnam Pin - 530 003 , Andhra Pradesh – India
Editorial……
It is heartening to note that our journal is able to sustain the enthusiasm and covering various facets of knowledge. It is our hope that IJMER would continue to live up to its fullest expectations savoring the thoughts of the intellectuals associated with its functioning .Our progress is steady and we are in a position now to receive evaluate and publish as many articles as we can. The response from the academicians and scholars is excellent and we are proud to acknowledge this stimulating aspect. The writers with their rich research experience in the academic fields are contributing excellently and making IJMER march to progress as envisaged. The interdisciplinary topics bring in a spirit of immense participation enabling us to understand the relations in the growing competitive world. Our endeavour will be to keep IJMER as a perfect tool in making all its participants to work to unity with their thoughts and action. The Editor thanks one and all for their input towards the growth of the Knowledge Based Society. All of us together are making continues efforts to make our predictions true in making IJMER, a Journal of Repute
Dr.K.Victor Babu Editor-in-Chief
SOCIAL SCIENCES, HUMANITIES, COMMERCE & MANAGEMENT, ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY, MEDICINE, SCIENCES, ART & DEVELOPMENT STUDIES, LAW www.ijmer.in
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017
INTER-RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN PE RATIO AND NIFTY SPOT INDEX: A TIME SERIES ANALYSIS Sarbajit Paul Assistant Professor Dept. of Commerce Chakdaha College, Nadia, W.B. Abstract
Price earnings ratio is a widely used and a popular tool in financial market analysis for the selection of worth stock and best investment strategy. It is the ratio of current market price of a share and earning potentiality of the share. We have tried to identify the relation between PE Ratio and Nifty spot index price. The present paper is based on secondary data which have been collected from different research articles, journals, newspaper related with the Indian stock market and online database. We have taken seventeen years daily data with 4236 observations of Nifty spot index and daily PE ratio of Nifty spot index as sample from equal solution (a recognized data vendor) and National Stock Exchange online database. We have taken daily price of Nifty spot index as dependent variable and daily PE Ratio as independent variable. Our objectives of the study are to find out any short and long- term relationship exists between them or not .We have also examined the causal effect between the variables. Statistical package E-views 7 has been used for analyzing the data set used in this study. For obtaining the result we have applied various time series tests like Augmented Dickey-Fuller test, Phillips-Perron test, Johansen cointegration test, Error Correction Model (ECM) and Granger Causality test. We found short as well as long-run relationship exists between the variables under study and a uni-directional causal relation has been noticed from PE Ratio to Nifty spot index price direction.
Key Words: Nifty Spot Index, PE Ratio, Unit Root, Error Correction Model, Causality
www.ijmer.in 1 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017
Introduction
The purpose of the research is to understand the relationship between PE Ratio and Nifty spot index price on daily basis. Price earnings ratio is a fundamental financial ratio and a good indicator of financial growth of a company. We have applied the basic methods of fundamental analysis. In calculation, PE Ratio composed of current market price of a company divided by the earning per share (EPS) of that particular company. That means PE = Market Price / Earnings per share. So PE Ratio simply meaning that the money one has to pay for the one rupee potential earnings of the firm. Lower PE Ratio with a enough growth potentiality of a firm is the best choice for the investor as it derived from the ratio lower the market price and higher the EPS caused lower the PE Ratio with high prospective and at the same time a high PE Ratio bearing stock considered as the over-priced stock. Not only stock selection, PE ratio helps in stock price comparison of same sector. Index PE Ratio is a good indicator of market entry and exit timing and identification of over brought or over sell zone. But PE Ratio has some limitations also; it is not free from information bias. Some time some financial announcement hike the PE. Again having lower PE does not always mean the worth stock with a lucrative price. Nifty spot index price is the indicator of the overall market movement. So our simple question is that any relationship exists between PE ratio of the nifty spot index and Nifty spot index market price. Present paper is a humble effort for searching the relationship both in short and long term between PE Ratio and Nifty spot index price. We have also experimented on causal relation between the variables.
Past studies
Nulla, Y.M. (2013) has examined the relationship among CEO cash compensation, earning per share, and cash flow per share of 240 companies of TSX/S&P and NYSE indexes. He has used six years data
www.ijmer.in 2 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017
ranging from the year 2005 to 2010. Stratified random sampling technique has been applied for selection of 240 sample companies. The result of his research reveals that there was a relationship among CEO cash compensation, earning per share, and cash flow per share of companies of both the indices.
Malhotra, N. et.al. (2013) have studied on the determinants of stock prices. They have conducted the study on NSE 100 companies. They have chosen 95 companies as their sample. Their study was based on five years data starting from 2007 to 2012. Statistical tool like linear regression model has been applied for obtaining the result. They have used company specific intrinsic factors e.g. book value per share, dividend per share , earning per share etc as independent variables and stock price as the dependent variable. They found book value per share, price earnings ratio, earning per share have the positive significant association with the stock price of the company and a negative significance relationship with the dividend yield. All the independent variables jointly caused 51.6 percent variation in stock price.
Zanjirdar, M. et.al.(2012) have conducted an interesting study on the relationship between earning per share forecast error and abnormal stock returns. They have taken newly listed 84 companies share from Tehran stock exchange for the period from 2003 to 2008. They have applied purposeful systematic sampling technique for selecting the sample of their research. Multivariate linear regression technique has been applied for analyzing the data. The results of their study reveal that there was a significant positive relationship between earning per share forecast error and abnormal stock returns. They conclude that the result have influenced the investors’ decision towards investment strategy and also help to distinguish the industry type.
Ong, T.S. et.al. (2010) have experimented on the ability of value investment strategy for the prediction of stock performances. They
www.ijmer.in 3 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017
have used Malaysian stock market index, Kuala Lumpur Composite index (KLCI) and its PE ratio for the period from 1994 to 2010. A number of statistical tools like correlation and regression have been applied for testing the result. Their study rejected the concept that high levels of PE ratio caused the fall in stock market returns of Malaysian stock market and proposed PE ratio is a valuable predictor of stock price performance in KLCI.
Kumar, P. (2017) explores an empirical investigation to measure the impact of earning per share and price earnings ratio on market price of a share. He has taken eight auto-mobile companies from nifty auto index for the period of uninterrupted five years ranging from 2011-12 to 2015-16. Multiple regression analysis has been applied for test the impact of the independent variables on dependent variables. A positive significant impact of earning per share on market price of the share has been found. The researcher conclude that earning per share was a very strong reflector of market price of the share and price earnings ratio has also the significant component for predicting the share price of the companies under study.
A multivariate causal approximation of dividend yield, price earnings ratio and expected stock returns have been done by Mahmood, W.M.W et.al. (2007). Basically they wanted to find out the long as well as short run relationship among the variables and also the predictive power of the explanatory variables. They have used monthly data for the period of 1989 to 2005. They found all the fundamental components have the long run association and in the short term dividend yield displayed the positive significant predictive power on stock price and price earnings ratio shows the negative significant relationship. They have also found bi-directional causal relation among the variables under study and conclude that all these fundamental aspects have played the significant role for determining the stock market returns and very useful for the investor for their decision making process.
www.ijmer.in 4 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017
Research Gap
As per our wide literature review in this field we found extensive studies on PE Ratio relation to the stock selection or PE Ratio treated as an efficient tool for market movement determination. Inter- relationship among the various fundamental financial indicators, simple and multiple regressions between index price and PE ratio with other variables, causal relation between stock price movement and financial ratios have also been done by some researchers. There are also some work on survey on technical analysis and fundamental analysis regarding PE Ratio and stock price movement including index movement. However, most of the literatures are based on foreign data. No single study has concentrated exclusively on daily PE Ratio and daily Nifty spot index price and causal relation between them with huge number of time series data.
To fill up the void this research paper is our humble submission.
Objectives of the Study
The objectives of the study are as follows:
(I) To make an in-depth study on Nifty spot index and PE Ratio.
(II) Identification of short as well as long-run relationship between them.
(III) To examine the causal relationship between them with the direction of causal relation.
Data and Methodology
In order to satisfy our objectives first we check the data stationarity by use of Augmented Dickey-Fuller test (ADF) and Phillips-Perron test (PP). To identify the long-term association we have applied Johansen cointegration test. Long-term co-integration detection supports us for
www.ijmer.in 5 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017
the next few tests for short-term relation and causal relation. For this purpose we applied ECM and pair wise Granger causality test.
Our study is based on two variables. Which are Nifty spot index, and PE Ratio. As per our objective, our theoretical model of the study is as follows:
(Nifty spot index) t = f (PE Ratio)t Where, Nifty spot index is the daily closing price data of national stock exchange (NSE) and PE Ratio is the daily price earnings ratio of Nifty spot index; ‘t’ stands for the time trend, by which we want to measure the impact of changes of these variables on each other with the changes of time. Seventeen years ranging from April, 2000 to March, 2017, daily data with 4236 observations is our sample size. We have collected all the data of Nifty spot index from equal solution (a recognized data vendor) and has been cross checked with money control.com. For PE Ratio we have taken the help of NSE online data base. (https://www.nseindia.com/products/content/equities/indices/historical_ pepb.htm)
Findings and Discussion
Unit root test
To avoid the spurious regression we test the unit root of data set. In present study we applied Augmented Dickey-Fuller (ADF) test and Phillips-Perron (PP) test to identify the behavior of the data. We have chosen these two tests for their wide application in this field. We applied both the test on same data set to establish the robustness of the test. Table 1 depicts the ADF test statistic at level and 1st difference. In the series all the variables have the unit root at level meaning that non- stationary showing that test statistic value is higher than that of critical value at 1 percent confidence level with insignificant p value. In 1st difference all the variables are stationary having no unit root. Here
www.ijmer.in 6 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017
the critical value is greater than ADF test statistic at 1 percent level of significance. So the result of ADF test exposed that variables are non- stationary at level but they become stationary at their 1st difference and both are integrated of same order i.e. I(1) series.
Phillips-Perron (PP) Test is a nonparametric test. This method differs from the ADF test of unit root; it is just a modification of ADF taking into account the less restrictive nature of error process. In the Table 2 PP test statistic of level and 1st difference has been shown. First variable of the series Nifty spot index exhibit that it has unit root at level (Adj. t-Stat > Critical value, p value is not insignificant) and become stationary at 1st difference (Adj. t-Stat Table 1: Augmented Dickey-Fuller test statistic At Level At 1st Difference Variables Test Critical Prob. Test Critical Prob. Statistic Value Statistic Value (1%) (1%) Nifty Spot -0.059 -3.431 0.9518 -60.851 -3.431 0.0001 Index PE Ratio -3.208 -3.431 0.0196 -60.078 -3.431 0.0001 www.ijmer.in 7 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Table 2: Phillips-Perron Test statistic At Level At 1st Difference Variables Adj. t- Critical Prob. Adj. t- Critical Prob. Stat Value Stat Value (1%) (1%) Nifty Spot 0.021 -3.431 0.9594 -60.818 -3.431 0.0001 Index PE Ratio -3.266 -3.431 0.0166 -59.952 -3.431 0.0001 Johansen Cointegration test All the variables are integrated at first difference. We have applied optimum lag as per the lag length criteria suggested by vector autoregressive model. Now we proceed for the next test that is Johansen Cointegration test which help us to judge the long term relationship among the variables. First we have taken the Trace Statistic criteria. Here null hypothesis is None, that is there is no co integration as the trace statistics is greater than critical value. We reject null hypothesis and also the p value is less than 5 percent. Secondly, at most one, where trace statistics less than critical value; we accept null hypothesis meaning that there is one co integrating equation. It is also supported by the p value which is greater than 5 percent. So all the variables are co integrated and they have a long run association among them. The second criterion of Johansen Cointegration test is Max-Eigen value also shows that one co integrating equation. Here also we reject the null hypothesis as the Max-Eigen statistic is more than critical value and the p value is less than 5 percent. On the other hand at most one, where Max-Eigen statistic is less than critical value and the p value is greater than 5 percent which also support that there is one co integrating equation at 5 percent level. Both the criterion of Johansen www.ijmer.in 8 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Cointegration test indicates the same that is the variables are co integrated and they have a long run association. Table 3: Result of Cointegration Test Unrestricted Cointegration Rank Test (Trace) 0.05 Hypothesized Trace Critical No. of CE(s) Eigen value Statistic Value p-values None * 0.004771 20.23493 15.49471 0.0089 At most 1 1.33E-06 0.005639 3.841466 0.9394 Trace test indicates 1 cointegrating eqn(s) at the 0.05 level Unrestricted Cointegration Rank Test (Maximum Eigen value) 0.05 Hypothesized Max-Eigen Critical No. of CE(s) Eigen value Statistic Value p-values None * 0.004771 20.22929 14.26460 0.0051 At most 1 1.33E-06 0.005639 3.841466 0.9394 Max-eigen value test indicates 1 cointegrating eqn(s) at the 0.05 level Our selected variables in this present study exhibit the long run association and co integrated so we apply the error correction model (ECM). We have also tested the stationarity of the residual of the model and found no unit root so we test the short term association through ECM. Now we proceed for the identification of any deviation in short- run relation and also in which speed the correction term balance the disequilibrium among the variables. To examine the above proposition we applied Error Correction Model. Error Correction Model (VECM) shows the short term dynamics among the variables. By applying co- integration test we confirmed that all the variables have the long run www.ijmer.in 9 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 stochastic trend and supports us for the next ECM test of disequilibrium adjustment. Table 4: Error Correction Model Dependent Variable: D (NIFTY_SPOT) Method: Least Squares Sample (adjusted): 2 4235 Included observations: 4234 after adjustments Variable Coefficient Std. Error t-Statistic Prob. C 1.791713 0.829396 2.160264 0.0308 D(PE_RATIO) 92.02768 2.705532 34.01464 0.0000 U(-1) -0.000301 0.000408 -0.737452 0.4609 We introduce the Error Correction Model (ECM) to predict the short term dynamics. Our previous test approved long run association and co integration between the variables under study. By applying Johansen Cointegration test we confirmed that all the variables have the long run association, now ECM provides us the short term relation between the variables. Our model is D (NIFTY_SPOT) = A₁ + A₂ * D (PE Ratio) + A₃ Ut-₁ + µ st Where, Nifty spot index and PE ratio are the 1 Difference variables, A₁ is the intercept, A₂ is the short run coefficient, Ut-₁ is the one period lag residual, A₃ is the coefficient of error correction term and µ is the error term. In the Table 4, here D (Nifty spot) is the 1st difference of the variables and our dependent variables. C is the constant and D (PE Ratio) is the 1st difference of the second variable and U (-1) is the 1st difference of the error correction term i.e. one period lag of the residual. In our study www.ijmer.in 10 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 coefficient of D (PE Ratio) is short term coefficient and it is significant at 5 percent level. So D (PE Ratio) is a significant variable for explaining our dependent variable D (Nifty spot) in short run. Here the error correction term is U (-1). The value of the coefficient of error correction term is -0.000301 that means the error correction term correct the disequilibrium of the model in a speed of 0.03 percent daily. The value of the coefficient of error correction model is negative but insignificant at 5 percent level of confidence. Table 5: Pair wise Granger Causality Tests Pair wise Granger Causality Tests Sample: 1 4235 Lags: 4 Null Hypothesis: Obs F-Statistic Prob. PE_RATIO does not Granger Cause NIFTY_SPOT 4230 285.151 3E-217 NIFTY_SPOT does not Granger Cause PE_RATIO 1.34712 0.2499 Simple regression and cointegration indicates the dependency and the long run association of two variables but these does not provide the answer of causal relation and the direction of causal relation. Granger Causality Tests presented the causal relation and the direction of causal relation. In our study we have applied pair wise granger causality test on two variables daily Nifty spot index and daily PE Ratio for the period of 17 years with 4236 data points. Table 5 indicates the result of 4230 observations. The F-Statistic of ‘PE Ratio does not Granger Cause Nifty spot’ is 285.151 with a p value 3.00217, meaning that the probability value is below 5 percent level so we do reject the null hypothesis and accept the alternative hypothesis. Which mean PE Ratio and Nifty spot index have the causal relation with the direction of www.ijmer.in 11 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 PE Ratio cause the Nifty spot index in PE Ratio Nifty spot index. The result shows that a uni-directional causal relation has been noticed between the variables through Granger Causality test statistic. Conclusions ADF and PP test show all the variables have no unit root at first difference. Co-integration test reveals that both the Trace and Maximum Eigen Value test statistic certify the fact that there is a long- run association between the variables meaning that Nifty spot index and PE Ratio are associated in long-run. ECM exhibits that the coefficient of D (PE Ratio) is short term coefficient and it is significant at 5 percent level. So D (PE Ratio) is a significant variable for explaining our dependent variable D (Nifty spot) in short run. Present study also exhibits the error correction term correct the disequilibrium in a speed of 0.03 percent daily. A uni-directional causal relation has been noticed between the variables through Granger Causality test statistic. PE Ratio and Nifty spot index have the causal relation and the direction of PE Ratio cause the Nifty spot index in PE Ratio Nifty spot index. References Asari, F. F. A. H., Baharuddin, N.S., Jusoh, N., Mohamad, Z., Shamsudin, N. and Jusoff, K. (2011). A vector error correction model (VECM) approach in explaining the relationship between interest rate and inflation towards exchange rate volatility in Malaysia. World Applied Science Journal 12 (Special issue on Bolstering Economic Sustainability), 49-56. Gujarati, D.N. (2004). Basic Econometrics. Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi. Kumar, P. (2017). Impact of earning per share and price earnings ratio on market price of share: A study on auto sector in India. International Journal of Research GRANTHAALAYAH, 5 (2), 113-118. Mahmood, W.M.W and Fatah, F.S.A. (2007).Multivariate causal estimates of dividend yields, price earning ratio and expected stock returns: Experience from Malaysia. MPRA Paper No.14614. http://mpra.ub.uni- muenchen.de/14614/ www.ijmer.in 12 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Malhotra, N. and Tandon, K. (2013). Determinants of stock price: Empirical evidence from NSE 100 companies. International Journal of Research in management and Technology, 3(3), 86-95. Mohanasundaram,T. and Karthikeyan, P.(2015). Cointegration and stock market interdependence: Evidence from South Africa, India and the USA, SAJMS NS 18, No. 4, pp.475-485. DOI:http://dx.doi.org/10.17159/2222-3436/2015/v18n4a3. Nulla, Y. M. (2013). The effect of earning per share and cash flow per share on CEO cash compensation : An empirical study of TSX/S&P and NYSE indexes companies. Review of Contemporary Business Research, 2 (1), 20-29. Ong, T.S., Yichen, Y. N. and The, B. H. (2010). Can high price earnings ratio act as an indicator of the coming bear market in the Malaysia? International Journal of Business and Social Science, 1 (1), 194-213. Plihal, T.(2016). Stock market informational efficiency in Germany: Granger causality between dax and selected macroeconomic indicators, Science Direct, Social and Behavioral Science 220, Elsevier, 321-329. Wang, J., Fu, G. and Luo, C. (2013). Accounting information and stock price reaction of listed companies – Empirical evidence from 60 listed companies in Shanghai stock exchange. Journal of Business Management, 2 (2), 11-21. Wasseja, M. M., Njoroge, E. and Mwenda, S.N. (2015). Investigation of the Granger causal relationship between macroeconomic variables and stock price in Kenya. International Journal of Business and Economics Research, 4 (3), 98-108.doi:10.11648/j.ijber.20150403.13 Weigand, R.A. and Irons, R. (2007). The market PE ratio, earning trends and stock returns forecasts. The Journal of Portfolio Management, 87-101. Zanjirdar, M. and Sadri, P. (2012). The relationship between earnings per share forecast error and abnormal stock return of new accepted corporation: Evidence from Iran’s capital market. African journal of Business Management, 6 (10), 3673-3681. DOI: 10.5897/AJBM11.2644. http://www.academicjournals.org/AJBM. www.ijmer.in 13 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 AN EXPLORATION OF THE CONCEPT OF AGENCY IN KUNDAKUNDĀCHĀRYA'S SAMAYASĀRA Vidhu Jain Assistant Professor Department of Philosophy Daulat Ram College University of Delhi Abstract: This paper attempts to explore the nature of agent and its constituent agency from the point of view of Jaina philosophical tradition. My discussion is based on the great work Samayasāra (1st century BCE) authored by the revered scholar of Jaina philosophy, Kundakundāchārya. In this paper, the major issues discussed will be revolving around the central question, who is the agent and what is its nature? It is being said that the soul is the agent or kartā only from the empirical point of view but not from transcendental point of view. Self is the doer as well as the enjoyer of the fruits of its actions. This implies that agency of an agent is to be talked of only at the empirical or vyavahārika level as ultimately the aim or final purpose of human life is to attain non-doership i.e. total riddance from action. This will also throw light on the nature of freedom for action possessed by the agent. Keywords: Agency, Jainism, Indian Philosophy, Self, Freedom of action, Karma, Liberation The Jaina philosophy accepts a dualism of self (jÏva) and non-self (ajÏva), animate and inaminate beings respectively. Both are accepted as substance (dravya) qualified by permanent (guṇa) and temporary (paryÈya) qualities.The self is an eternal spiritual substance and is not material. It transmigrates from one birth in a body to another. Non-self is the material principle or matter (pudgala), the principle of motion (dharma), the principle of rest (adharma), space (ākāśa) and time www.ijmer.in 14 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 1 (kāla). Matter is either in the form of atoms (pudgala) or aggregates of atoms. These are homogeneous. The unique feature of this schools is that nature of karma is also conceived to be atomic in nature (paudgālika) which is pervading the whole universe. Matter has its own independent existence like self, and in the form of atomic particles possesses touch, taste, smell and colour.These have the capacity to unite with certain physical laws to form aggregates (skandhas) which are heterogeneous in nature.2. Further, there is no conception of creator God in Jainism. The world is eternally self-existent and has selves and material objects. In Jainism, reality is viewed or understood by anyone from different standpoints or views called nayas. Jainas believe that any substance or entity has innumerable aspects which can be known only partially from a perspective. One can be said to be in grasp of partial truth all the time till one attains omniscience (kevalj¤āna). Otherwise, one can be said to possess only a relative knowledge of these innumerable aspects of an object or entity. Expressions of the relative truth by way of relative judgements 3 constitute the Jaina theory of Seven-fold predication (Syādvāda). The realization of one’s knowledge and understanding of one’s perception and cognition being relative forms the basis of Jaina ethics of ahimsā. Jainas propagate the attainment of liberation by sheer self-exertion. They say that each self is innately capable of liberating itself by completely destroying the veil of karmic matter that covers the infinite nature or capacities of self like knowledge, power, bliss and perception. One who attains victory over the evils of passion and desire is called the conqueror (Jina). The doctrines of Anekāntavāda, Syādvāda and Ahiṅsā 1. Sinha, Jadunath, Indian Philosophy, Vol. II, Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, 1999, p. 180. 2. H.V.Glasenapp, Doctrine of Karma in Jaina Philosophy, Asian Humanities Press, 2003, p. 25. 3. Cort, John E., "Intellectual Ahi sā Revisited: Jain Tolerance and Intolerance of Others", Philosophy East and West,Vol. 50., (1), Hawaii, 2000, pp. 325-7. www.ijmer.in 15 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 together are the fundamental prerequisites for an agent (jīva) to realize emancipation. The association of self and karmic matter in this world is eternal and inadvertently brings about agency to individual self (jīva). Any jīva living in this world therefore cannot but be the doer of actions. These actions bring effects which result in bondage of the self. If actions bring about bondage and jīva cannot remain inactive then how can self ever realize its own innate nature i.e. freedom from bondage? What is discussed above raises questions like: what is the nature of jīva and how does jīva accumulates karma? If jīva is bound or determined by its own karma, then is there any freedom available to the agent (jīva) to elevate itself from its state of existence shackled in karma? The doctrine of karma in Jainism is different from other parallel theories of karma in the sense that here it is understood as concealment obscuring the self-luminous nature of the self (ātman) with subtle matter. This subtle matter or karma which is driven towards the self is due to the “operation of the body, speech and mind”.4 It has a distinct quality of bringing about merit and demerit. This merit and demerit facilitates the association of each self with the matter. As a result of this association the self is said to be possessed of body, speech and mind.5 Jainism emphasizes the importance of getting rid of karma to become a Kevalin or to become free from the circle of transmigration. It is the activity of the self (jīva) that explains the influx of karma into the self. Therefore, we can say that the self is accepted as the agent (kartā) as well as the experiencer (bhoktā) of the fruits of actions done. 4. TattvārthaSūtra (TS) of Umāsvātī, (tr.), Nathmal Tantia, Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, 2007, TS,6.1, p.151. 5. TS,5.19,p.130. www.ijmer.in 16 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Agency of the self is clearly elucidated by Kundakundāchārya in his text Samayasāra. The self is said to be active, at least to some extent and modifiable by dispositions (bhāvas) such as anger (krodha), greed etc. Bhāvas are understood as the states of the self, which the self ‘makes’ or ‘produces’, presumably by a process of modification.6 This modification can be known through the process of the application of consciousness called upayoga.7 Ignorance, intemperance and error when are of the nature of jīva are modes of consciousness 8 (upayogarūpa). Indeed, they are modifications of upayoga connected with ignorance. The application of consciousness is in itself a bhÈva that is pure and unsullied. Again, whatever further psychic states (bhÈva) it creates, it is its agent. The self can be connected with many psychic dispositions (bhÈvas). The ignorant self due to erroneous knowledge produces ignorant dispositions (bhāvas). In contrast knowledgeable self with right knowledge produces knowledgeable dispositions (bhāvas).This can be further clarified by stating that the ignorant self itself is wrong knowledge and due to this wrong knowledge it is involved with karma. But self being aware of its true nature manifests itself through right knowledge and therefore, due to this right knowledge it does not entangle with any karma.9 Thus, the individual self becomes agent and enjoyer under the sway of wrong knowledge. Further clarified, from the empirical point of view, the self is said to be the agent of psychic disposition (bhāva karma) as well as the agent of 10 material karma (dravya karma). The relation between the bhāva 6. Ibid., p. 91. 7. Consciousness has two aspects knowledge and intuition. 8. Samayasāra (SS) of Kundakunda, (ed. &tr.) Vijay K. Jain, Dehradun: Vikalp Publication, 2012, SS,3.20.88. 9. SS, 3.62.130. 10. SS, 3.23.91. www.ijmer.in 17 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 karma and dravya karma is understood as follows: due to the arising of psychic dispositions karmic matter is attracted towards the self. In other words, from the practical point of view self is the agent of the material karma. But the same position, when understood from transcendental point of view, brings to light that the self is only the agent of its own psychic dispositions and not the agent of material karma. Further, this agency which is ascribed to the self is an outcome of the conditioning of the self with three impurities that are: erroneous faith, nescience and non-abstinence.11 Also, whatever psychic dispositions are produced by the self, whether virtuous or its opposite; the self becomes the agent as well the experiencer of the resulting karmas of those dispositions.12 Again, from the pure transcendental point of view, it is said by Kundakunda, that the self in its purity is not the agent of either the bhāvakarma or the dravyakarma but is only the experiencer of its own states. At this point confusion is likely to enter: “Believing not self to be self, and self to be non-self, the ignorant soul becomes the causal agent of various karma.”13 The self thinks it becomes the agent of the karmas, but this is due to ignorance. In reality it is not. The self possessed of correct knowledge knows better: “The knowing self, who does not engender feelings of non-self as self, and self as non-self; that self does not become the causal agent of various karmas.”14 When the self realizes that its own nature is opposed to and distinct from what it is not (material or achit) then there comes an understanding that it is not the causal agent of karmas. The sense of agency subsides with the awareness of the truth i.e the realisation of its infinite qualities. Kundakunda clarifies that –“The self who does not engage in doing 11. SS, 3.22.90. 12. SS, 3.34.102. 13. SS, 3.24.92. 14. SS, 3.25.93. www.ijmer.in 18 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 karma, such as knowledge-obscuring karma, which are consequences of the karmic matter, but only knows these karmas, is the knower.”15 To sum up the above discussion we can say that there are two fundamentally different realms. One is of karma, which is the material substance, and the other is the self. The self, though not without activity, is not the agent of anything that takes place in the karma which belongs to the material realm. However, it can have a causal effect on karma, through its activity within its own realm. One can therefore say that the self produces karma, but only figuratively. In this context the quotation of Kundakunda from Samayasāra is relevant: “the soul is perceived as an intrinsic agent for the modifications of the karmic bondages (knowledge- obscuring karma etc.) and it is figuratively said that the karma has been produced by the soul. A war is fought by the warriors still it is figuratively said that the king is at war. Similarly, it is said from the empirical point of view, that the jīva or the soul has produced the karma.”16 From the above analogy it becomes clear that there is a psycho-physical parallelism between the mind and its modification on the one hand, and the matter and its material modifications on the other. In this way the two series are interrelated and are running simultaneously parallel to each other. This implies that neither can matter become mind nor can mind become matter. The individual self (jīva) is the agent of its own dispositions (bhāvas), as it causes its own results. It is not the agent of material action (pudgala-karmas). Also, the self remains an agent until it takes up the path of renunciation and atonement to burn off the karmic fetters.17 15. SS, 3.33.101. 16. SS, 3.37.105-3.38.106. 17. SS, 8.49.285 www.ijmer.in 19 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Thus, it is observed that in Jainism the empirical self (jÏva) is the agent, doer, knower as well as the experiencer. The agent attracts different karma particles towards itself by way of mental, bodily and speech acts. But, from the transcendental point of view, jÏva by overcoming all its passions and desires becomes an omniscient being (Parmātman). It can, therefore, be said that the omniscient self by itself is neither the doer nor the experiencer of itself. Further, this work explicates ‘the self-governed nature of the Self’. It highlights that the self though burdened with the karmic matter has complete autonomy to realise its freedom. The text explores in every aspect as to what the nature of self is from what it is not. With the help of analogies clear distinctions are made to understand the nature of ignorance, so that one seperates itself from what it is not. This he explains using the Jaina method of relative judgement invoking the two standpoints from which the reality can be understood. They are empirical standpoint (vyavāhara naya) and the transcendental standpoint (niścaya naya). Kundakunda repeatedly says that the self has to attain the discriminative knowledge which incates that the self in itself is capable as well as to an extent free to pursue its path for knowing its own self. Though he does not get into the detailed discussion of the means of doing that in Samayasāra but he keeps on emphasizing that discriminative knowledge when enlightens the performance of actions, the agent stops the influx of karma.18 The self on its own with its inherent powers guards itself from the performance of both good and bad deeds which in turn brings about merit and demerit. It is the continuous awareness of the self of its infinite characteristics which keeps it detached from any sort of external influences where internal influences (passions etc.) have already been won over by it. With this 18. SS, 6.3.183. www.ijmer.in 20 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 sort of establishment of the self in its own nature, purges it from all the baggage of karma to elevate it to the status of a pure self 19 (Parmātman). The one whose perception is purified by right belief experiences the results of the previously performed actions without attachment as the 20 witness and knower (j¤ātā and dṛṣṭā respectively). This leads to the shedding of karma as well as stops the fresh inflow of karma. For eg. An expert on toxicology is able to handle poison without getting affected by it, in the same way the right knower enjoys/ experiences the arising of the fruits of the karmas.21 Also, the right believer (who has overcome attachments) does not indulge in any sensual activity even if involved in any. The way an assistant performs all duties on behalf of the businessman but does not become the owner of it, so, a right believer remains non-indulgent due to absence of attachments, whereas the wrong believer remains indulgent.22 The Omniscient masters (kevalj¤ānī) have described the various outcomes of the fruition of karmas but none of them are of the nature 23 of self. The self is the only knower (j¤ātā). In the presence of material and psychical karmas along with the changing dispositions (bhāvas) the self cannot know its real nature. So, one should leave or overcome such dispositions and should become conscious knower with stability.24 The knowledge possessed by a knower is inclusive of five types of knowledge. They are: sensory knowledge (mati j¤āna), scriptural knowledge (śruti j¤āna), clairvoyance (avadhi j¤āna), telepathy 19. SS, 6.7.187-6.9.189. 20. SS, 7.1.193-7.2.194. 21. SS, 7.3.195 22. SS, 7.5.197 23. SS, 7.6.198 24. SS, 7.11.203. www.ijmer.in 21 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 (manaḥparyava) and omniscience (kevalaj¤āna). All these together fulfil the acquisition of right knowledge which leads to liberation. All these above clarifications have been given by Kundakunda in order to induce detachment on the part of the agent (jīva) for it is said that “effort without right knowledge is useless”.25 Without getting into the complexities of the right action, how it is to be done and what actions are to be done and what avoided, Kundakunda focuses on the realisation or attainment of right knowledge which purifies all activities. It attempts to give a psychological understanding and route to overcome this bondage. But ultimately the will or intention to follow the vows and attachment to their rightness must also be abandoned. The very disposition to do something or not to do something results in bondage, whether that disposition gets translated into action or not. This is the crux of the cause of bondage from the transcendental point of view (niścaya naya). Similarly, five indulgences bring bondage and stopping those indulgences bring release.26 “The understanding of the scriptures (Āchārāṇga Sūtra) is knowledge, (belief in) substances like jīva is faith, and (protection of six kinds of organisms) is conduct, this is the empirical point of view (vyavahāra naya)”.27 This practical standpoint of knowledge is contrasted with the transcendental standpoint of the same. Kundakunda says “surely the self is knowledge, the self is faith and conduct, the self is renunciation, and the self is stoppage of karma and yoga; this is the transcendental 28 point of view (niścaya naya)”. The self and the karmic bondage are differentiated on the basis of their own inherent nature. These are separated with the help of instrument of the self-discrimination. Through this one can separate the self from 25. SS, 7.12.204-7.13.205. 26. SS, 8.27.263-8.28.264. 27. SS, 8.40.276 28. SS, 8.41.277 www.ijmer.in 22 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 karmic bondage and realise the pure self as the seer and knower.29 Then the agency of the individual self ceases to be. From what has been discussed above we conclude that this text attempts to bring the discriminative knowledge for a seeker (jīva) . Thus, all the misconceptions which are the result of ignorance, desires and passions have been said to be identified and known with self effort. This distinctly leads to the perception of the nature of the self in its pure state. Thus, summing up the Jaina view of freedom for action I bring in Chapple’s words- “a thorough voluntarist outlook proclaiming that each individual carries ultimate control over his or her own life. Karma determines all things, and each self faces, moment to moment, the decision to continue in patterns of behaviour that densify karma and hence obscure the self or take up the steady path to purification.”30 I feel in agreement with his conception of freedom where persons have autonomy and are self-governed to conduct their ‘will’ in accordance with the ethical path laid down by the masters. Also, this gives us an understanding that even though one’s passionate influences play a vital role in one’s conduct i.e. actions may be determined and can be the outcome of these. Still, the self with the power of conscience (upayoga) can positively modify these tendencies and overcome them. This brings the purity of character, action and knowledge. In this sense, we can say that Jaina accept a compatibilist sense of freedom. Here, an agent is not 29. SS, 9.7.294-9.12.299 30. Christopher. K.Chapple, ‘Freewill and Voluntarism in Jainism’, Freewill, Agency and Selfhood, (ed.), Bryant and Dasti, Oxford University Press, 2104 p. 84 www.ijmer.in 23 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 coerced from outside into making choices. Also, there is always a possibility of making a better choice of action in ethical terms at the instance of choosing. Thus, it can be said that Jainas accept determinism but their understanding of it does not go to an extreme of fatalism. In the conclusion, we can affirm that in Jainism liberation (kevalya) comes through the separation of self with its karmic impurities (agent) by recourse to attaining right or perfect perception, knowledge and conduct (triratna). This path further demarcates in ethical terms a resolution for tolerance for all forms of life, ascetic way of life or austere way of life, absolute moral behaviour and meditative contemplation, abandoning the mistaken distinction between oneself and others. In Jainism, extreme insistence on non-violence by way of thought, word and deed leads to uncompromising care and no harm to all forms of life including miniscule organisms. Though from the ultimate point of view (niścaya naya) the self is not the agent but at the empirical point of view (vyavahāra naya) it is the doer of both psychical and materialkarmas. The agency of the individual self (jīva) culminates in the realisation of its power where action in the form of exertion and effort is indispensable to remove the karmic fetters, which in turn frees the soul from its entanglement, eventually leading to even the cessation of the sense of agenthood/doership.Finally, it can be said that Jaina philosophy upholds a path of movement of the self (jīva) from an impure state (ignorant and violent) to a state of unconditioned purity (knowledge and non-violence). And in this journey the jīva is the lone agent, who has to with his own effort, achieve its own liberation. References 1. Samayasāra of Kundakunda, (ed. &tr.) Vijay K. Jain, Dehradun: Vikalp Publication, 2012. www.ijmer.in 24 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 2. TattvārthaSūtra of Umāsvātī, (tr.), Nathmal Tantia, Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass,2007. 3. Christopher. K.Chapple, ‘Freewill and Voluntarism in Jainism’, Freewill, Agency and Selfhood, (ed.), Bryant and Dasti, New York: Oxford University Press, 2104. 4. Cort, John E., “Intellectual Ahiṃsā Revisited: Jain Tolerance and Intolerance of Others”, Philosophy East and West,Vol. 50(1), Hawaii: Hawaii University Press, 2000. 5. H.V.Glasenapp, Doctrine of Karma in Jaina Philosophy, California:Asian Humanities Press, 2003. 6. Sinha, Jadunath, Indian Philosophy, Vol. II, Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, 1999. www.ijmer.in 25 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 A STUDY ON IMPACT OF DEMOGRAPHIC FACTORS RELATED TO RISK AVERSION AND OVERCONFIDENCE OF INVESTORS IN INVESTMENT DECISION MAKING IN RAJKOT DISTRICT Vidya Bhupatsinh Zankat Ph.D. Research Scholar Department of Commerce Saurashtra University Rajkot Gujarat (India) ABSTRACT Risk is an important element which is considered while making an investment decision. The different investors taking different type of risk. There are various factors which affect the investor towards investment but the most important factor which affects the investor is demographic factor. Here an attempt is made to look at how demographic factors affect the investment decision making of the individual investor. The purpose of the research is to study possible demographic factors effects on risk aversion and overconfidence in investment decision making. The sample of 100 respondents conveniently selected were administered a behavioural finance questionnaire to achieve the objectives of the study. Chi-square has been used as a statistical tool for data analysis. Based on this study I have found majority of respondents are moderate risk taker and only few respondents are overconfident about taking investment decision, so most of them are invest their money in bank-deposit, insurance and gold. Saving Efforts have been made to determine the level of agreement of respondents of Rajkot district on various aspects of investment planning. This study will help the investment companies to design their product according to the risk taken by the different investors. www.ijmer.in 26 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 KEYWORDS: Demographic factors, Behavioral finance, Overconfidence, Risk aversion, Investment decision making. 1.1. INTRODUCTION: For economic development, it is necessary to invest all the savings in a meaningful way. In practice, investment making decisions are not always consistent with the assumptions made by eminent financial analysts and techniques learnt in the books. Behavioural finance has developed as standard finance could not explain the reasoning patterns of investors, including the psychological processes involved and the extent to which they influence the investment making decisions.In the present day, the financial markets are quite complex, with each investor having his or her own specific financial needs based on his financial goals and risk appetite. But ultimately, every investor aims at maximizing returns on his/her investment, along with capital protection. Investment is the sacrifice of certain present value for the uncertain future reward. It entails arriving at numerous decisions such as type, mix, amount, timing, grade etc. Broadly speaking, an investment decision is a trade of between risk and return. There are various factors which affect the investor towards investment but the most important factor which affects the investor is demographic factor. Risk mostly depends upon the demographic factors of the investors. Risk aversion is affected by financial knowledge, prior financial experience, and wealth. One of simple and powerful justification for high levels of trading on financial markets is given by a psychological factor namely overconfidence. Psychologists have determined that overconfidence causes people to overestimate their knowledge, underestimate their risks and exaggerate their ability to control events. The present research study concentrates on demographic factors in risk aversion and over confidence in investment decision-making. www.ijmer.in 27 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 1.2. REVIEW OF LITERATURE: In order to fulfill the objective of the present study a literature review has been conducted. In the literature review earlier studies and articles related to behavioural finance have been read with a view to gain theoretical knowledge in the field of study and formulate hypothesis. Avinash Kumar Singh attempted to study, A Study of Investment Behaviour of Investors, Dissertation report, Bangalore. 2001. Dr. Monika Sharma & Dr. Vani Vasakarla attempted to study the gender relationships in risk aversion and overconfidence in investment decision making, retrieved from International Journal of Application or Innovation in Engineering & Management, volume-2, Issue -7 July 2013. Dennis A. V. Dittrich , Werner Güth & Boris Maciejovsky, Attempted to study, Overconfidence in Investment Decision: An Experimental Approach, Retrieved from The European Journal of Finance, Volume-11, No.6, 471-491, December 2005. Dorota Skala, attempted to study, Overconfidence in psychology and Finance – an Interdisciplinary Literature Review, revealed that, Overconfidence is presented as well-developed psychological theory, with main facets comprising miscalibration, betterthan- average effect. Illusion of control and unrealistic optimism. The primary applications of overconfidence in contemporary finance are analysed, from the perspective of financial markets and corporate behaviour. Online at http://mpra.ub.uni-muenchen.de/26386/ MPRA Paper No. 26386, posted 6. November 2010. From the review of literature it can be said that a number of research studies have been undertaken in India and abroad to identify the preferences of investors/households amongst general and specific avenues of investment. With regard to location, some surveys have www.ijmer.in 28 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 covered selected cities, states and union territories while other are on all-India basis. No study which focuses mainly on a study on influence of demographic factors related to risk aversion and overconfidence of investors in investment decision making in Rajkot district has been carried before. Thus present study bridges this gap. 1.3. SIGNIFICANCE OF THE STUDY: This study gives clear picture of investment preference of investors of Rajkot district. The study covers various important aspects like information searching behavior of investors, investment and saving objective, best age to starting investment, risk taking capacity & overconfidence of investors etc... It is also throws a light on various types of risk which affect on investment and overall return from investment they earn from investment made. It gives overall scenario of investment behaviour of investors of Rajkot district. 1.4. OBJECTIVES OF THE STUDY: To study the impact of demographic factors on risk aversion and overconfidence of investors of Rajkot district. To know the best age to starting to investment of investors of Rajkot district. To analyze the time period of investment. To analyze the saving and investment objectives of investors of Rajkot district. To study the impact of psychology of investors about risk taking capacity of Rajkot district. 1.5. HYPOTHESIS OF THE STUDY: 1. Ho: There is no significant relationship between the ability to manage and interact with other people and selected demographic factors. www.ijmer.in 29 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 2. Ho: There is no significant relationship between the understanding of what is good in terms of investment and selected demographic factors. 3. Ho: There is no significant relationship between the psychology of investors and selected demographic factors. 4. Ho: There is no significant relationship between the investment avenues and gender. 5. Ho: There is no significant relationship between the investment objectives and gender. 6. Ho: There is no significant relationship between the saving objectives and gender. RESEARCH METHODOLOGY: The research design of a study outlines the nature of information required for the purpose of the study, the method of data collection, the technique used for the analysis and interpretation of the data for the study. 1.5.1. Types of the Study: This research work is in the form of empirical study, in which the researcher tried to study the investment behaviour of the investors regarding the risk aversion and overconfidence, The Factors Affecting it and the Factors Affecting the investor behaviour in general, etc. Thus, this study is largely Empirical in approach. 1.5.2. Sample Design: - Keeping in view the problem and scope of the study. Convenience sampling method was adopted to select respondents of Rajkot district to represent an overall picture of Rajkot district. www.ijmer.in 30 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 1.5.3. Tools & Techniques: Use of statistical tools has become a normal phenomenon in any type of analysis. The researcher had picked up the tools and techniques to suit their requirements and it is based on data available to them. Under this research study following tools and technique has been used for investment behaviour of investors of Rajkot district. Percentage, Cross tabulation, weighted average, Chi-square to analyze the collected data, statistical tool like Percentage is used, and Chi-square test is used as a non parametric test at 5% level of significance. 1.6. DATA ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION: www.ijmer.in 31 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Demographic profile of Respondents Table 1: Demographic Characteristics of Respondents VARIABLE FREQUENCY PERCENTAGE GENDER Male 60 60% Female 40 40% AGE (IN YEARS) Below 20 2 2% 21 to 30 20 20% 31 to 40 22 22% 41 to 50 19 19% Above 50 37 37% MARITAL STATUS Married 79 79% Unmarried 21 21% EDUCATION Below SSC 2 2% QUALIFICATION HSC/SSC 14 14% Graduate 40 40% Post-graduate 36 36% Others 8 8% OCCUPATION Service 43 43% House wife 11 11% Own Business 25 25% Professional 18 18% Others 3 3% www.ijmer.in 32 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 MONTHLY INCOME Up to 10,000 11 11% 10,001 to 20,000 12 12% 20,001 to 30,000 18 18% 30,001 to 40,000 19 19% 40,001 to 50,000 12 12% Above 50,000 28 28% MONTHLY Up to 10,000 23 23% EXPENDITURE 10,001 to 20,000 28 28% 20,001 to 30,000 34 34% 30,001 to 40,000 8 8% Above 40,000 7 7% Source: primary data from survey. www.ijmer.in 33 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Table 1 gives the summary of the demographic characteristics of the respondents. There are total of 100 respondents. A look at the demographic profile of the respondents shows that the majority of the respondents are male, i.e., 60% and 40% portion of all respondents is contributed by females. 37% of respondents are fall in the age group of above 50 years. Out of the total respondents 79% of respondents are married and remaining 21% are unmarried. Majority of respondents are having higher education qualification, 40% of respondents are graduate and 36% of respondents are post graduate. Out of total respondents 43% of respondents are having service as an occupation. Majority of respondents (28%) are earning monthly income above 50,000. Out of total respondents 34% respondents are having 20,001 to 30,000 monthly expenditure. www.ijmer.in 34 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 1. Table 2: Test of Significant Relationship between Selected Demographic Factors and Ability to Manage and Interact with other People. Demogr aphic Degrees Level of Calculated Table Acceptance of Factors of significance value of value hypothesis Freedom Chi-square of Chi- square Gender 2 5% 6.119929453 5.991 Alternative hypothesis Age 8 5% 15.507 Null hypothesis 5.405279853 Occupation 8 5% 4.947813064 15.507 Null hypothesis Monthly Income 10 5% 17.67487904 18.307 Null hypothesis Source: primary data from survey. www.ijmer.in 35 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Primary data shows that male and female both respondents have shown average ability to manage and interact with other people, in age wise classification shows 41 to 50 years and above 50 years people have shown average ability to manage and interact with other people as compare to other respondents. In occupation wise salaried people have shown average ability to manage and interact with other people, those respondents having monthly income above 20,000 they are shown average ability to manage and interact with other people. Looking at the significant column of above chi-square table, the above table shows the result of chi square test for studying the significance of relationship between ability to manage and interact with other people and selected demographic factors. From the above table, it can be derived that in all cases, the null hypothesis is accepted except Gender. www.ijmer.in 36 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 2. Table 3: Test of Significant Relationship between Selected Demographic Factors and Understanding of what is good in terms of Investment. Demog raphic Degrees Level of Calculated Table Acceptance of Factors of significance value of value /hypothesis Freedom Chi-square of Chi- square Gender 2 5% 11.02198455 5.991 Alternative hypothesis Age 8 5% 15.507 Null hypothesis 5.499396883 Occupation 8 5% 8.837680834 15.507 Null hypothesis Monthly Income 10 5% 21.71533801 18.307 Alternative hypothesis Source: primary data from survey. www.ijmer.in 37 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Primary data shown majority of males respondents have above average understanding about investment as compare to female, were female respondents have shown average understanding of what is good for them, so, it indicating that males are more overconfident and have better understanding of what is good for them as compare to female. In age wise shown adult people have above ability to understanding of what is good for them as compare to younger people, and in occupation wise shown businessmen and professionals have above average understanding about what is good for them and salaried people and house wives have shown their average ability to understanding about what is good for them, so, it indicating that businessmen and professional are more overconfident and have better understanding of what is good for them as compare to other. Looking at the significant column of above chi-square table, the above table shows the result of chi square test for studying the significant of relationship between understanding of what is good in terms of investment and selected demographic factors. From the above table, it can be derived that in two cases, the null hypothesis is accepted except Gender and monthly income. www.ijmer.in 38 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 3. Table 4: Test of Significant Relationship between Selected Demographic Factors and Psychology of Investors. Demographic Degrees Level of Calculated value Table Acceptance of Factors of significance of Chi-square value hypothesis Freedom of Chi- square Gender 3 5% 15.63731527 Alternative hypothesis 7.815 Age 12 5% 12.70193405 Null hypothesis 21.026 Occupation 12 5% Alternative hypothesis 29.9004642 21.026 Marital status 3 5% Null hypothesis 3.919359101 7.815 Source: primary data from survey. www.ijmer.in 39 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Based on primary data shows majority of males respondents are thinking about word “risk” is opportunity or thrill, were majority of female believe that it is uncertainty or danger so it indicating that males are overconfident about investment as compare to female. In age wise classification shown Majority of above 30 years people believe that it is uncertainty. In occupation wise the few businessmen respondents are thrill about investment as compare to other and in marital status wise shown majority of married people believe that it is uncertainty, very few believe that it is thrill and some of say that it is danger, were unmarried people majority of respondents believe that it is uncertainty. Looking at the significant column of above chi-square table, the above table shows the result of chi square test for studying the significant of relationship between psychology of investors and selected demographic factors. From the above table, it can be derived that in two cases, the null hypothesis is accepted except Gender and occupation. www.ijmer.in 40 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 4. Table 5: Test of Significant Relationship between Gender and Choice of Investment Avenues. Investment Degrees Level of Calculated Table Acceptance of Avenues of significance value of value hypothesis Freedom Chi-square of Chi- square Null hypothesis Insurance 4 5% 1.18075978 9.488 Null Bank deposits 4 5% 9.488 hypothesis 4.90548602 Alternative Post office 4 5% 17.24583583 9.488 hypothesis Alternative Gold 4 5% 16.39705882 9.488 hypothesis Null hypothesis Provident fund 4 5% 4.112881264 9.488 Alternative Real estate 4 5% 18.82761792 9.488 hypothesis www.ijmer.in 41 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Null hypothesis Mutual fund 4 5% 1.901455026 9.488 Alternative Money market 4 5% 17.15557276 9.488 hypothesis Alternative Capital market 4 5% 13.55124521 9.488 hypothesis Null hypothesis Other alternatives 4 5% 4.018199234 9.488 Sources: primary data from survey www.ijmer.in 42 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Looking at the significant column of above chi-square table, the above table shows the result of chi square test for studying the significant of relationship between gender and Choice of investment avenues. It is derived from the above table that in all cases, Null hypothesis is accepted except, gold, post office, real estate, money market and capital market. 5. Table 6: Test of Significant Relationship between Investment Objective and Gender. Degrees Level of Calculated Table Acceptance of significance value of value of freedom Chi-square of Chi- hypothesis square 4 5% 0.400162372 9.488 Null hypothesis Source: based on questionnaire The above table shows the results of the Chi-square test to analyze the relationship between the investment objective and gender of the respondents. It is found that the calculated value of the Chi- square for 4 degrees of freedom at 5% level of significant is 0.400162372 and the table value is 9.488. The calculated value is less than the table value so; the null hypothesis that there is no significant relationship between the investment objective and gender is accepted. At the same time, the Alternative hypothesis that there is significant relationship between the investment objective and gender is rejected. www.ijmer.in 43 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Table 7: Test of Significant Relationship between Saving Objective and Gender. Degrees Level of Calculated Table Acceptance of significance value of value of freedom Chi-square of Chi- hypothesis square 4 5% 5.826046565 9.488 Null hypothesis Source: based on questionnaire The above table shows the results of the Chi-square test to analyse the relationship between the saving objective and gender of the respondents. It is found that the calculated value of the Chi-square for 4 degrees of freedom at 5% level of significant is 5.826046565 and the table value is 9.488. The calculated value is less than the table value so; the null hypothesis that there is no significant relationship between the saving objective and gender is accepted. At the same time, the Alternative hypothesis that there is significant relationship between the saving objective and gender is rejected. 1.7. LIMITATIONS OF THE STUDY: The data were collected using convenience sampling. The size of the sample is small, the findings can’t be generalised. The respondent group is limited to the geographical area of Rajkot district only. Preference of individual may not be same all over the state of the country. www.ijmer.in 44 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Biares of Researcher as well as Respondents are also limitation of this study. The statistical techniques have their own limitation. They also apply this study. 1.8. CONCLUSION: Thus, the various demographic factors affecting to risk aversion and overconfidence of individual investors decision making. Investor psychology affect to risk taking decision, if investors are taking high risk he or she get a higher return, and so it has been conclude that the gender has a major effect on the investment decision making as compare to other demographic factors, the males prefer to invest in high risk avenues as compared to female, so, females are more risk averse than male. In Age of respondent is also affect the decision making of investors, the old age people take high and moderate risk as compare to younger people, because of their experience and knowledge about investment area, marital status wise married people take high risk as compare to unmarried people. Other factors which is also affect the investors decision like, Investor psychology and understanding about investment etc. also affect the investment decision. The proper knowledge about investment area will be give us expected rate of returns. 1.9. REFERENCES: 1. DENNIS A. V. DITTRICH, WERNER GUTH & BORIS MACIEGOVSKY- “Overconfidence, in investment decision: An experimental approach” – The European Journal of Finance - Vol- 11, No-6, 471-401, December-2005. 2. C.R.KOTHARI, GAURAV GARG, - “Research Methodology” methods and techniques.- New Age International (P) Limited, publishers – Third edition, New Delhi www.ijmer.in 45 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 3. Research Paper, “Factors Affecting Investor’s Decision Making Behaviour in the Stock Market: An analytical Review” –REENA RANI, Volume-4, Isuue-9 September-2014. 4. http://www.alleydog.com/glossary/definition.php?term=Overconfide nce 5. http://examples.yourdictionary.com/examples-of- overconfidence.html 6. Dr. Monica Sharma, & Dr.Vani Vasakarla, “A Study on Gender differences in Risk Aversion and Overconfidence in investment decision making” International Journal of Application or Innovation in Engineering & Management, volume-2, issue 7 July 2013. 7. PRIYANKA SINGH, SWATI TIWARI, “Security Analysis and Portfolio Management” Thakur Publishers- Edition-2012- Ahmadabad. 8. PRASANNA CHANDRA- “Investment Analysis & Portfolio Management”, Tata MacGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited, Edition 10th reprint 2005 - New Delhi. 9. PREETI SINGH, “INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT- security analysis and portfolio management” Himalaya Publication House, - 4th Edition-2006-Delhi. www.ijmer.in 46 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 A STUDY ON CHILD LABOUR IN ASSAM WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO DHEMAJI DISTRICT Jatin Dutta Research Scholar Singhania University Rajasthan Child labour refers to the employment of children in any work that deprive children of their child hood, interfears with their ability to attend regular school and that is mentally, physically, socially or morally dangers and harmful. This practices consider exploitative by many international organization. Lagistration across the world prohibit child labour. These do not consider all work by children ; a child labour exception including work by child artists, supervised training, certain cetogory of work such as those by Amish children, and others child labour was employed to varying extend through most of history before 1940 numerous children age 5-14 worked in Europe united state and various colonies of European powers. These children worked in agriculture, home based assembly operation, factories mining etc. In developing countries with high poverty and poor school in opportunities child labour is still prevalent. In 2010 Sub-Saharan Africa had the highest incident rates of child labour over 50% of children aged 5-14 working. Vast majority of child labour ia found in rural settings and informal urban economy. An estimated 1.5 million children under the age of fifteen were employed in American industry by 1900. Systematic use of child labour was common place in colonies of European power between 1950 to 1960. This is absent 20 million less estimated for child labour in 2004. 60% of the child labour agriculture activity. Another 20% of child labour such as retail, hawking goods, restaurants, load and transfer of good storage etc. www.ijmer.in 47 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Child labour in India is the practice where children engage in economy activity, on part time or full time basis. The practice deprives children of their child and is harm full to their physical and mental development. Poverty, lake of good schools and growth of informal economy are considered as the most important causes of child labour in India. The 2001 census of India estimated the total nos. of child labour aged 5-14 to be at 12.6 million. India has the largest number of working children in the world. Poverty can be termed as the main reason for child labour in India. Through the country has achieved commendable progress in industrialization, the benefit of the same have not been effectively passed on to the lower strata of society. Now a days child labor is one of the biggest challenge that the world is facing. Child labour not only causes damage to child physical and mental health but also keep him deprive of his basis rights to education, development and freedom. Children of lower socio economic class are known to be indicated a child labour. The main causes of child labour indicate poverty, unemployment, excess population and urbanization. According to the Committee on child labor (1979-8) child labour however can broadly be define as that segment of the child population which participates in work either paid or unpaid. The term child labour is commonly interpreted in to deferent ways first as an economic practice second as social evil. In the first context its signifies employment of children in gainful occupation with a view to adding to the total income of the family. It is the second sense that the term child labour is no more generally used. In assessing the nature and extend of social evil. It is to necessary to take in to account the character of job on which children are engaged the danger to which they are exposed and the opportunities of development which they have been denied.” Child labour therefore can be define here as any work undertaken by children bellow 18 years in agriculture and alite works injurious to their health and harmful to their proper development child means a person who www.ijmer.in 48 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 has not completed these fifteen years of age. No child who has not completed his fourteen year shall required or allowed to work in any factory. About the study area : Dhemaji District was accorded as district on October 1989, Dhemaji and Jonai Sub Division and parts Machkhowa Mouza and Bordoloni, Forted by arch shaped arunachal hills on the North and the east of the District emerges from the foot hills and Stretches to the Brahmaputra River with Subansiri one Side and the siang on the other. In 2001 Census, Dhemaji had a population of 5,71944 of which males were 2,94,643 and remaining 2,77,301 were females. The Census report of 2011 the total population of Dhemaji District had 6,88,077 of which male and female were 3,53,043 and 3,35,034 respectively. With regards to sex ratio in Dhemaji it stood at 949 per 1000 male compared to 2001 census figure 941. The average national sex Ratio in India is 940 as per latest report of census 2011 directorate. In 2011 Census child ratio are 945 girls per 100 boys compared to figure of 970 girls per 1000 boys of 2001 Census data. The term child labour is Considered equivalent to the term working child or “employed child” According to the constitution of India, child labour may be define as person who is below the age of 14 yeas and is working and is working on earning According to the concern of working children (CWC) of Bangalore-a child labour is “A person who has not completed his/her fifteen years of age and is working with or without wages income on a part time or a full time basis”. Dhemaji child population:- The child populations of Dhemaji District under 0-6 age were 99,692 children as per report of 2011 census, but it was 99,558 in 2001 www.ijmer.in 49 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 census of total 99692 male and female were 51,266 and 48,426 respectively, child serration as per census 2011 was 945 compared to 970 of census2001. In 2011, children under 0-6 formed 14.49 percent of Dhemaji District Compared to 17.41 percent of 2001 There was net change of 2.94 percent in this Compared to previous Census of India. Out of the total Dhemaji Population for 2011 Census 7.04percent live in urban regions of district. In total 48,472pepol live in urban areas of which males are 25,166 and female are 23,306. Sex ratio in urban region of Dhemaji dist. Is 926 as per 2011 census data. Similarly, child Sex ratio in Dhemaji District Was 938 in 2011 Census. As per 2011 Census, 9296 % population of Dhemaji District live in rural areas of Villages The total Dhemaji District population living in rural areas is 6,39,605 of which males and females are 3,27,877 and 3,11,728 respectively. In rural areas of Dhemaji Dist. Sex ratio is 951 Females per 1000 male. If child Sex ratio data of Dhemaji District is Considered, figure is 945 girls per 1000 boys child population in the age 0-6 is 94,112 in rural areas of which males were 48,387 and females were 45,725 The child population Comprises 14.76 % of total rural population of Dhemaji District, literacy rate in rural areas of Dhemaji District is 67.87 % as per Census data 2011. Objective of the study: The main objective of this study are as follows 1. To understand the socio economy condition of the child labour. 2. Describe the magnitude and severity of the problems identity and analyze factors that contribute to child labour. 3. To know about the pattern of child labour in Dhemaji District. 4. To study about the causes of child labour in Dhemaji District. www.ijmer.in 50 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 5. To give suggestion for solution of the child labour in Dhmaji district. Research Methodology: the present studying is an explomentary method. Its entire aims are to explore the facts related to the rural child labour of Dhemaji District. The study will be based on purposive random sampling. For the entire study is based on the study various villages which has been selected from the its development blocks of Dhemaji District as well as deferent employment sector or groups. However the study is entirely based on primary and secondary sources. The primary sources which are collected through field study, field survey and direct contact of the local peoples. The secondary sources and which are collected from publishing and un publishing documents of government as well as deferent of writers and different thin keys etc. Socio Economic life of child labour : Child labour socio economic life is very pathetic. There source of income poor families. Children essentially work to maintain the economic level of house hold, either in the from of work of wages or help in household enterprises or in house hold chores. In all the activities the ,basic objective is to provide the family financial support. No doubt it is due to economic condition of the family that the parent are compelled to send their children to work because for most poor family un north east India, like Dhemaji. Alternative sorce of ,income are closed to non-existent. There are no social welfare system as those in the west, nor is there any easy access to credit facilities to the poor families. Poverty has an oblivious closed relation with child labour. It is need which provide space to the local money lender. The high interest rates of money lender trap the innocent child to work as bonded labour. Literacy : Literacy is one of the major determinants of child labour. It has been observed that overall condition of education system can be www.ijmer.in 51 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 powerful influence to sekk the spread of child labour. High illiteracy and drop out rates are reflective of the inadequacy of the educational system. Poverty plays a crucial roll in effectiveness of the educational system. Religion : A very pertinent question which arises is as to why one should study rural religion that deeply and carefully. It is with the help of the study of this religion that it become possible to have a composite picture of past Indian. There are several places of Indian culture which need with each other but are closely associated with subsequent cultural development of rural Indian. Culture and thus religion can not be separated from each other. But at the same time religion as followed in various villages has certain independent traits and elements which distinguish various village religion from one region to the other and also within the same region. Educational scenery of the village : Education is the backbone of the nation. Without education it is impossible to identify them as a wealthy nation. Manpower demand and manpower supply are basically depends on educational system. Education once spread in a society, no doubt will have profound sociological repercussions on the economy and social structure of the society. It is also important for social development and also it is the indicator of economic development. Education produce crops of skill and energetic demolish the rigidity of the traditional social structure and keep the societies continuously changing. Location of the selected village of study: For wide study and authentic elaboration of this paper it has been selected five villages from its development block of Dhemaji and Jonai Subdivision. The first village selected for study is Nagaon Deogharbari in Dhemaji District which situated under Bordoloni Development Block Missmari Gaon Panchayat. The village is situated at a distance of about 18(eighteen) www.ijmer.in 52 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Km from the District head quarter of Dhemaji. Total household of village 113 (one hundred thirteen) total population of the village 524 (five hundred twenty four) male 272 and female 252. Surrounding of the village : In the north side railway line south side 1 No. culvert Nagaon. east side Bakulbari village west side Bordoloni development block. Historical background of the village: With the history of the village one Ai Padumoni than is related. At present there is a than Deu (Goddes) is related to it so the village name is Deogharbari for the sacrifice of ducks and hens. An the other history fact is at first nine house holders comes the villge so village name is Na-gaon. There is one LP School, one ME School. Religion play an indispensible part in Indian society in the Nagaon Deogharbari village. I found only hindu respondents so without tabulations we can say that 100% respondents are in Hindu religion. . There are nine post graduated, 16 graduates (Arts/science), HS 25, HSLC 45 Reason for poverty different causes of child labour : Reason No. of Child labour Percentage Poverty 3 3% Lose of Parent 2 2% Parental separation 1 1% Shortage of food 4 4% Others 1 1% Source of Field Study A work participation of children from last three years www.ijmer.in 53 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Rural area Year Age Male Female 2011-12 5 - 9 4 2 10-14 2 1 2013-14 5-9 3 1 10-14 5 2 2015-16 5-9 3 1 10-14 2 2 Source field Study Ulu Chapori the second village under study is within Michamara GP under Jonai Subdivision. It is situated at a distance about 30 km from Mukonselek Development Block and about 65 km from head quater of Dhemaji District. Total household of the village 361, male population 176 female population 185. Sorounding of the village : In the Northside Borimuri Village, South side round Kumalia village east side Burha Bhakat Village and west side Maj gaon Kachari 1 No. Historical Background : Possibility land is very high that flood cannot reach there is ulue (grass land) all around the surrounding so village name is ulu Chapori. Religion : Most of the villager are hindu. Few are Christian. Educational scenery : There are two post graduated, 10 graduates (Arts/science), HS 30, HSLC -12 www.ijmer.in 54 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Reason for poverty different causes of child labour : Reason No. of Child labour Percentage Poverty 5 5% Lose of Parent 3 3% Parental separation 2 2% Shortage of food 3 3% Others 1 1% Source field Study 2No. Kochowating Village the third village under study Hatigarh Gaon Panchayat. It is within the jurisdiction of Dhemaji Development Block of Dhemaji District. The village is situated at a distance of about 4(four) kms from district of Dhemaji head quarter. The motor able road near the village. Total house hold of the village 78 and total population three hundred fifty. Male population 174 female population 176. There is one LP School, one ME School and one high School. Sorounding of the village : In the North side Kochowating mising Village, South side NH 15 east side Balijan road and west side Dihingia Block Chengeli Pather gaon. Historical Background: Elephant are catch by the wall surrounded called (Garh) so the village name is Hatigarh and kocu a plan we could find it at very high place so the village name is kochowating. Religion: Most of the villager are Hindu. Educational scenery of the village: There are one post graduated, 10 graduates (Arts/science/commerce ), HS 30, HSLC -40. www.ijmer.in 55 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Reason for being child labour : Reason No. of Child labour Percentage Poverty 4 4% Lose of Parent 1 1% Parental separation 2 2% Shortage of food 5 5% Others 1 1% Source field Study A work participation of children from last three years Rural area Year Age Male Female 2011-12 5 - 9 3 1 10-14 2 - 2013-14 5-9 2 1 10-14 4 2 2015-16 5-9 1 1 10-14 2 0 Source field Study Mukulbari the 4th village under study is Michamari GP. It is within the jurisdiction of Bordoloni Development Block of Dhemaji District. The village is situated at a distance of district head quarter 22(twenty two) km. Total householder of the village 225. Male population 115 and female population 110. The villager mostly Adibashi people. In the north side Shalmari village, east side Borbam Dihingia, west side Hiloimari and south side Dahulapara village. www.ijmer.in 56 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Religion: Most of the villager are hindu and few are Christian. Historical Background: By cutting the forest and cleaning the place (mukali) so the village name is Mukulbari. Educational scenery of the village: 1 graduates (Arts), HSLC -05. Reason for being child labour : Reason No. of Child labour Percentage Poverty 5 5% Lose of Parent 1 1% Parental separation 1 1% Shortage of food 3 3% Others 1 1% A work participation of children from last three years Rural area Year Age Male Female 2011-12 5 - 9 3 2 10-14 4 3 2013-14 5-9 5 4 10-14 4 4 2015-16 5-9 3 1 10-14 2 2 Source field Study Simen koibatra the fifth village under study within Jonai development Block Simen Chapori area. It is situated at a distance of about 30 km from Jonai headquater. The NH 15 passed nearby the village so motor able connect with other area. A river called simen follows at edges of the village. Total house holders of the village 429 (four hundred www.ijmer.in 57 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 twenty nine) male population are 231 and female population 198. Mostly schedule cast area others OBC 10, ST -7 etc. Sorounding of the village : In the North side Rly line, South side NH 15 west side simen east side Forest reserve. Historical Background: Probability simen river nearest inhabitant SC people (koibatra) so village name is Simen Koibatra. Educational scenery of the village: HSLC -06, HS 04 Reason for being child labour : Reason No. of Child labour Percentage Poverty 4 4% Lose of Parent 2 2% Parental separation 1 1% Shortage of food 3 3% Others 1 1% A work participation of children from last three years Rural area Year Age Male Female 2011-12 5 - 9 2 1 10-14 1 1 2013-14 5-9 3 1 10-14 2 1 2015-16 5-9 4 0 10-14 2 1 Source field Study www.ijmer.in 58 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Population composition: The total population of each village are under the selected for studies are Nagaon Deogharbari, Uluchapari, 2No. Kochowating, Mukulbari and Simen Koibatra Village. Distribution of population of the sample household by sex 2015-16 Total Sample Name of the Sl. sample population Total village Household male female Nagaon 1 113 272 252 524 Deogharbari 2 Uluchapari 82 176 185 361 3 2No. Kochowating 78 174 176 350 4 Mukulbari 37 115 110 225 5 Simen Koibatra 104 231 198 429 From the above table it is significant that each villages the no. of male and female population. Distribution of family size in sample village 2015-16 Nagaon Hatigarh 2 Family Deoghar Ulu No. Mukulba Simen size bari chapori Kochowatin ri Koibatra g 1 to 3year 5 13 6 6 4 members 4 to 6 year 10 15 5 7 5 members 7 to 9 year 8 20 8 5 13 members 10 and 14 14 6 10 9 above Total 37 62 25 28 31 www.ijmer.in 59 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Figer in brackets indicate by family size (source field study) Income from child labour surveyed household 2015-16 Nagaon Hatigarh 2 Simen Deoghar Ulu No. Mukulb Source Koibatr bari chapori Kochowati ari a ng Domestic 7 15 10 19 5 work Hotel tea 8 5 10 3 14 este Garage 1 2 13 2 9 Pan 5 2 20 1 3 Shoap Total 21 24 53 25 31 Income Source field Study Education status of the sample house hold 2015-16 Hatigarh 2 Nagaon Ulu Simen Categor No. Mukulbar Deogharbar chapor Koibatr y Kochowatin i i i a g Class I 5 22 7 16 9 to V Vi to X 16 17 14 10 8 H.S.L.C. 26 12 30 5 6 Level H.S. and 13 15 20 1 4 above Total 60 66 71 32 27 Field study www.ijmer.in 60 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Type of engagement child labour in the survey house hold 2015-16 Suggestion: Child labour is a grave sigckness for any society as well as for any country or mankind. Child labour is a powerfull stressor to every sensitive and sensible individual any where in the world. Here are some of the suggestions to feel with the menace of child labour 1. To understand that the root of child labour is lake of earning during learning. This lead to drop outs, unemployment and easy availability of cheap and vulnerable labour. 2. Providing appropriate health education 3. To give awareness regarding child rights 4. Act as a responsible citizen and ensure that our society does not employ child labour. Conclusion: As child labour is one of the major problems in our country so the people must be conscious. Because it does herm not only the present generation but also the future generation. We must be analyze the origin of such problems and try to improve it as responsible citizen. The government measure should focus on general welfare, development programs for children and their families and systematic plan of action. In conclusion the present study indicated that child labour could get the benefit of education as most of the participants are out of school, there health growth and development are threatened they have lost the love and affection, care and protection of family because they do not visit their families and can not enjoy rest and recreation because they work on weekend and holidays. Reference : 1. Chowdhury, laws concern on children on Inter National and National Standard Publication www.ijmer.in 61 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 2. C.N. Sankar rao S. Chand and company Ltd. Ram nagar New Delhi 110055 (2011) Sociology of India Society peg (718 to 725) In this book problem of child labour, causes of child labou. 3. Naunihal singh 2002 population and poverty Discusses the causes of emergence of child labour in rural India. 4. Suntosh saran (2002) Exploited labour and Disabled Socity deal with the child labour problem in India. 5. Neera Burra (1997) The child labour in India category cally denied the comment that the poverty is the basis causes of child lobour. 6. Ray Amitabha Law Reiating To Chlid Labour and welfare published by Amit Nanda Mumbai-400002 7. Misra RN - Problems OF Child Labour in India Publish by - Ajay Verma AnsariRoad, Darya-Ganj New Delhi -110002 8. Saikia Kamalendu " Child- Labour in India' An Empirical Study Published- by GayatreeBoruah Milan Nagar Dibrugarh-3 Feb 2008Kothari CR Research Methodology Methods and Techniques Published by New AgeInternational (p) Ltd. Publishers - 1985 9. Mittal and Mehta " Child Labour in Unorganised Sector " Anmol Publication New Delhi 10. Mamoria C B "Labour problems and Social Welfare in India "KitabMahal Allahabad 11. Hazarika Prafulla "child in lndia " Akansha Publishing House , New Delhi 12. Ahmed zebin (2005) Dibrugarh university in her Phd. work title "child Labour inDibrugarh Town" 13. Hazarika Amulya Kumar -2001 Dibrugarh University Deptt. of Economic " Child Labourin Tea garden and unorganized informal sector " 14. Child labour: Issues and challenges Hemanta Mishra, Published by DND publications. www.ijmer.in 62 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 MARKETING OPPORTUNITIES AND CHALLENGES IN DAIRY BUSINESS IN NEPAL Ashok Raj Thakur N. Sambasiva Rao Research Scholar Professor Dept of Commerce and Dept of Commerce and Management Studies, Andhra Management Studies Andhra University, Visakhapatnam (India) University, Visakhapatnam (India) ABSTRACT The study is aimed to give overview of Nepalese dairy sector and its marketing opportunities and challenges. Dairy business is an integral part of agriculture in Nepal. Dairy marketing create various opportunities including additional income to the farmers but still farmers are not interested in dairy business. Apart from opportunities in dairy business there are so many challenges lies dairy marketing. The descriptive analysis is use to present the information. Secondary Data is collected from various sources like, journals article, official annual reports, websites of newspapers etc. The study also highlight of background of Dairy marketing in Nepal, marketing systems, channels use in dairy marketing and livestock quality. Keywords: Dairy marketing, opportunities, challenges INTRODUCTION Dairying is a centuries-old tradition for millions of Nepalese rural households; domesticated animals have been an integral part of the farming systems from time immemorial. Nepal is an agriculture based country having 26.4 million populations and 65% of total population are involved in agriculture. Dairy business is an integral part of agriculture in Nepal. Dairy business contributes around 9% of total GDP of the country. A Statistic shows that annual milk production of the country is around 1,700,073 metric tonnes. Milk production also contributes 62% of total livestock GDP. Dairy business helps to remit millions of cash to rural area from urban area by working as a bridge between rural and urban area. In this way dairy business plays a vital role in upgrading rural economy of Nepal. In the context of poverty and malnutrition, milk has a special role to play for its many nutritional advantages as well as providing www.ijmer.in 63 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 supplementary income to farmers. There are 3 lakh of farmer’s families are involve in dairy business in the country. In Nepal Dairy producers are scattered in small and medium scale in rural areas and most of rural areas are not covered with proper road connectivity. Most of rural farmers keep 1 to 3 cows or buffalo to extract milk for their personal or family consumption and sell the surplus milk locally. In a developing country like Nepal most of farmers are either landless or very poor, so milk production can be a boon for them. Annual growth of total milk production has been recorded just 1.15% in year 2014/15. Despite of being a huge opportunity in dairy business Nepalese youth as well as farmers do not want to involve in this business. In Nepal, 85% of total produced milk passes through unorganized channel. Roughly 15% of total produced milk passes in organized channel. The organized sector involves government and co- operatives. Likewise unorganized sector involves hawkers, neighbour, households etc. Government is planning to expand the network to pool such kind of farmers under organized channel as well as formulating planning to encourage farmers to involve in dairy business by providing incentives and subsidies in different aspects of dairy business. The main purpose of this paper is to analyze the opportunities and challenges in dairy business. This paper will review about background of dairy marketing in Nepal, consumption pattern of milk in Nepal, milk marketing channels, Dairy Development Corporation (DDC) production and sales followed by market opportunities and Challenges in dairy business in Nepal. BACKGROUND OF DAIRY MARKETING IN NEPAL Dairy history is probably 4000 years old in Nepal. It starts with entry of Gopal Banshi in Nepal (Chaudhary & Upadhyaya, 2013). Livestock is the integral part of Nepalese agricultural system and a major contributor to the agriculture GDP. In present era dairy farming is one of most preferable and lucrative occupation in rural area of Nepal. Milk and milk products are an integral part of our diet and milk is considered as one of the best sources of protein and vitamin especially for low income as well as vegetarian people in Nepal. In rural area small dairy producers still exchange surplus milk along with other commodities like rice, wheat, pulses etc. www.ijmer.in 64 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 In Nepal organized or formal dairy farming started in 1952 in Nepal with an experimental production of Cheese. It led to the establishment of Yak Cheese factory in Langtang of Rasuwa district under Food and Agriculture organization (FAO) assistance in 1953. In 1954, a Dairy Development Section was established under the Department of Agriculture (DoA) and also a small-scale milk processing plant was started in Tusal, a village of Kavre district. In 1955, a Dairy Development Commission was formed. The First Five Year Plan (1956-61) stressed on the need to develop a modern dairy industry. Accordingly, in 1956, a Central Dairy Plant, with an average milk processing capacity of 500 liters/hr was established in Lainchaur, with the financial assistance from New Zealand and technical assistance from FAO. Around the same time, a second mini milk processing plant was established at Kharipati, in Bhaktapur district. The plant started processing of milk and marketing activities from 1958. In the process, prior to 1960, two additional cheese factories were established under the DoA in other two alpine districts of the country. In 1960, a Cheese Production and Supply Scheme was also established. The Dairy Development Commission was converted to the Dairy Development Board in 1962. So as to meet the growing demand for milk in Kathmandu, the Board was converted to Dairy Development Corporation (DDC) in 1969 (FAO, 2010). A study done by FAO in 2010 shows that the annual milk production quantity is 1,388,730 mt of milk with cow milk 400,950 mt (28.87 per cent) and buffalo milk 987,780 mt (71.13 per cent) has been produced in 2007/08. The study also shows only 10 percent of total milk production i.e. 138,873 mt passes through organised channel and rest of milk production i.e. 1,249,857 mt passes through unorganised channel. But in current data says the annual production of milk is 1,700,073 metric tonnes CHANNELS OF MILK MARKETING In Nepal produced milk flow from two channel namely (1) Organised or formal Channel (2) Unorganised or informal Channel. Through organised channel only, 15% of total production of milk flow. Organised channel use three tier structure to collect milk from farmers. Milk Producers’ Cooperative Society (MPCS) are the first-tier primary or village level cooperatives where milk produced by farmers is collected. www.ijmer.in 65 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 In the second tier, MPCSs in different districts have formed district level District Milk Producers’ Cooperative Unions (DMPCUs), which collect milk from MPCS scattered across the district. In the third tier, the MPCSs and DMPCUs have formed Central Dairy Cooperative Association Limited Nepal (CDCAN), where all milk collected by DMPCUs will deliver. The price of milk is fixed in this channel. Second channel of dairy marketing is unorganised channel. 85% of total milk passes through this channel. In this channel farmers sell their product to the milk hawkers or agent as well as local individual customers. Hawkers or agents run farmers’ door to door to collect milk and sell it to private dairies, hotels, restaurants, sweet shop, tea shop as well as urban households. In unorganised channel, price of milk is set by hawkers or agent most of the time. They influence the price factor in dairy market. Farmers are also forcefully selling their milk just because of Poor road infrastructure and transportation facility, traditional supply and distribution system and no proper market is nearby. These both channels formal and informal can make several marketing channels and levels of channels as per market requirement. Marketing channel define as a set of practices or activities necessary to transfer the ownership of goods from the point of production to the point of consumption, where marketing channel level refers to the number of intermediaries involve in marketing distribution channel between the producer or manufacturer and the end consumer. The number of intermediaries involved will have a bearing on both producer and consumer milk prices. The shorter the channel the more likely that the consumer prices will be low and the producer will get a higher return. TREND OF ANNUAL PRODUCTION AND SALES OF DDC Dairy Development Corporation (DDC) is the pioneer public sector dairy entity and a major player in dairy business. It was created in July 1969 under the Corporation Act of 1964. As we know organised dairy market started with a small yak cheese factory in Langtag but now Dairy Development Corporation alone have 7 milk supply schemes (MSS) and 1 Milk www.ijmer.in 66 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Products Production and Supply scheme (MPPSS). DDC’s milk collection network exists in 44 districts where 65 milk chilling centres (MCCs) and 1200 MPCSs are operating where around 2 lakh farmer’s family are involved. DDC collect 2 lakh litters milk from local farmers and sell around 1.8 lakh litters processed milk to the market on daily basis. It also produces 600 metric ton skim milk power annually from surplus milk at Biratnagar milk supply scheme. Recently DDC has started one Cattle Feed Manufacturing Factory in Hetauda of Makwanpur district. www.ijmer.in 67 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Table no. 1 Production and sales of various milk products by DDC Average Average Product ion Sales Growth Growth % of % of 5 2010-11 2011-12 2012-13 2013-14 2014-15 5 Years Years Prod Prod Prod Prod Qty uctio Sale Produ Sale uctio Sale uctio Sale uctio Sale Product line in n s ction s n s n s n s Pasteurized 6,16,24, 5,27,94, 6,06,89, 5,72,89, 6,19,51, 5,86,43, 6,12,07, 6,03,42, 5,76,22, 5,70,03, Milk Litter 391 777 515 807 557 107 038 817 651 200 -1 2 5,10,03 5,76,11 5,85,09 6,03,84 3,35,66 4,54,32 3,70,59 Ghee Litter 4 5,14,645 6,33,603 5 3 6 3,41,512 5 0 1 2 -3 7,96,65 1,59,67 7,40,13 2,13,86 12,01,7 1,30,17 Butter KG 0 1,43,668 7,66,745 0 4 7 5,80,545 92,830 49 1 16 6 29,09,2 28,71,4 30,05,9 30,52,9 30,14,6 30,57,7 38,91,2 38,85,6 37,50,0 37,33,0 Yogurt Litter 26 49 88 54 35 94 63 77 45 12 6 6 www.ijmer.in 68 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 2,14,15 2,15,89 2,37,27 2,10,76 2,10,03 2,46,69 2,44,77 Cheese KG 3 2,05,660 2,58,529 1 8 1 2,44,258 6 6 6 3 4 1,34,43 1,48,24 1,57,18 1,53,92 1,93,31 1,97,60 1,97,11 Paneer KG 6 1,38,197 1,52,176 6 9 4 1,99,194 5 9 8 8 8 Ice-cream Litter 72,596 73,920 98,802 96,179 75,712 75,488 77,928 78,042 75,533 76,275 3 2 Cann 3,05,37 4,90,75 Rasbary ed 9 96,258 4,27,805 96,258 1 97,145 48,088 43,846 40,343 34,141 -10 -15 Cann 1,34,15 Lalmohan ed 95,229 89,822 95,302 89,822 89,414 7 78,134 77,193 73,500 72,442 -5 0 Bottl 5,00,23 2,10,62 4,18,53 1,92,54 3,38,72 2,82,78 2,78,31 Fresh Milk e 1 2,10,620 3,74,925 0 9 7 3,30,315 5 8 2 -10 10 Cann Peda ed 41,323 30,806 30,939 30,806 35,063 35,053 32,855 29,505 34,500 31,548 -3 1 Lassi Litter 27,805 22,244 21,444 22,244 10,005 9,767 11,435 11,211 16,598 17,395 -3 3 Source: DDC Annual report www.ijmer.in 69 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 If we see production and sales data of DDC over five years, DDC has produced various products. If we see average growth percentage of production and sales of DDC, there is nothing much difference in production and sales. There is only 1% of average sales growth in pasteurized milk but average production growth is -1%. Likewise -3% average sales growth in ghee but average production growth is 2%, Butter average sales growth is 6% but production average growth is much higher at 16% likewise yogurt sales 6% and production 6%, cheese sales 4% and production 3%, paneer sales 8% and production 8%, ice-cream sales 2% and production 3%, rasbary sales and production both are very high i.e. sales 15% and production 10%, lalmohan sales 0% and production -5%, fresh milk sales 10% and production -10% , peda sales 1% and production -3% and lassi average sales growth is 3% and average production growth is -3%. We can see these data in table number 1. QUALITY OF LIVESTOCK Nepal is a farming based country. Livestock is an integral part of agriculture system in Nepal. Nepal Sample Census of Agriculture 2011- 12 data shows that there are 6,430,397 numbers cows in the country. Among them 6,214,326 cows are local breeds and only 216,071 improved or hybrid. Likewise there are 3,174,389 buffalos in the country among them 3,035,876 are local and 138,513 are hybrid. If we talk about milching cow and milching buffalo, only 965,125 (930,954 local and 34,171 hybrid) cow are milching cow and 669,971 (645,971 local and 24,000 hybrid) buffalo are milching buffalo. Table number 2 shows the numbers clearly. www.ijmer.in 70 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Table No. 2 Total numbers of cow and buffalo in Nepal No. of No. of heads lactating Hybri Hybri Total Local d Total Local d 64,30,3 62,14,3 2,16,07 9,65, 9,30,9 Cattle 97 26 1 125 54 34,171 31,74,3 30,35,8 1,38,51 6,69, 6,45,9 Buffalo 89 76 3 971 71 24,000 Source: Nepal Sample Census of Agriculture 2011-12 According to Statistical Information on Nepalese agriculture 2013-14, published by Ministry of Agricultural Development, Agribusiness Promotion and Statistics Division, numbers of cattle are 7,243,916 and buffaloes are 5,178,612. Likewise numbers of milking cows are 1,024,513 and milking buffaloes are 1,345,837, with the total production of 1,700,073 mt milk annually. Total cow milk production is 523,300 mt annually and buffaloes milk production is 1,167,773 mt annually with very low annual average productivity with 717 litter/milking animal. Annual average productivity of cow is 519 litter/milking cow and buffalo 867 litter/milking buffalo. However average productivity of buffalo is better as buffalo gives more milk than cow. One of the main causes for low productivity is availability of quality fodder. Farmers feed the cattle with what is available not go for fodder farming in their land. CONSUMPTION PATTERN IN NEPAL In absent of organized milk market in Nepal, demand for milk was fulfilled by raising cows/buffaloes by the people themselves or through the direct supply from the professional milk producers. These www.ijmer.in 71 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 producers used to go house by house and deliver the required quantity of milk to the households. Dahi (yoghurt) filled in clay containers were produced by some traditional dahi makers and milk-based sweets were prepared by traditional sweet makers (haluwain). But after the advent of DDC, the scenario began to gradually change with the increasing supply of pasteurized milk and modern dairy products such as cheese, butter, ice cream etc. Many new sweet shops also started to emerge. Now, particularly in the urban areas, the situation has completely changed because many dairies in the organized sector have come up with varieties of dairy products. Besides, different dairy products are also imported to cater the consumer’s demand (FAO, 2010). Most of people use milk for tea and traditional food habit. They do not use modern milk product in usual food. Per capita milk per capita availability of milk is around 52 litter/annum which is far below the global average of around 100 litter/annum. The milk availability of 142.47 gm/head/day is quite below (50%) than WHO recommendation of 285 g/head/day (Acharya 2013). It is also far below than Indian per capita availability 337 gm/head/day and the world average of 293.7 gm/head/day during 2013. Moreover, high prices of milk and milk products have also restricted common Nepali people to consume these products. MILK DEFICIT AND IMPORT According to Nepal Dairy Association (NDA), Nepal faces milk deficit of 400,000 litres a day. Nepalese annual milk output growth stands at 4 percent, while the demand is rising by 8 percent. To meet domestic market demand Nepal need to increase the production by double. But according to National Dairy Development Board (NDDB), the country is seeing surplus of 40,000 litter of milk every day. The reason behind such a dramatic improvement, however, is not the rise in milk production. Most of the dairy producers are using cheaper powdered milk to increase their milk production instead of buying fresh milk from farmers. They have also increased milk holidays as use of powdered milk is cheaper than buying fresh milk. Price of powdered milk has fallen significantly in the international market following European Union's economic sanction on Russia. A 25 kg bag of powdered milk, which used to cost Rs 15,000 in year 2015/16, is now available at around Rs 9,000. Dairy producers can produce up to 12 litters of pasteurized milk by using a kilogram of milk powder. Cost of www.ijmer.in 72 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 production of milk produced using milk powder is only around Rs 30 per litter, while procurement cost of fresh milk stands at around Rs 47 including transportation cost. Import figures show that Nepal imported dairy products worth Rs 2.05 billion in the first 11 months of 2014/15, compared to Rs 1.94 billion of dairy imports in 2013/14. OPPORTUNITIES IN DAIRY BUSINESS According to Nepal Dairy Association (NDA), Nepal faces milk deficit of 400,000 litres a day. On other hand Nepalese livestock also having very low annual average productivity with 717 litter/milking animal. To fill the deficit gap of milk in the country we need to improve the milk productivity of animal at any cost. So here the role of government comes in to picture to encourage farmers to start up dairy business and generate extra source of income. Per capita milk per capita availability of milk is around 52 lit/annum. The milk availability of 142.47 gm/head/day is quite below (50%) than WHO recommendation of 285 g/head/day (Acharya 2013). By creating awareness of benefit of milk consumption country can increase per capita availability of milk, which lead high volume of milk sales in the country. Dairy Development Corporation (DDC) is the pioneer public sector dairy entity and major player of the country. Nepal has divided in to 75 districts but DDC’s milk collection network exists in 44 districts where 65 milk chilling centres (MCCs) and 1200 MPCSs are operating where around 2 lakh farmer’s family are involved. So here is a great opportunity lies for DDC to expand milk collection network. Dairy marketing of Nepal is totally dominated by unorganised sector. Roughly 15% of total milk production passes through organised channel and rest of 85% milk passes through unorganised channel. Unorganised milk market use to cheat farmers and consumers both. They purchase milk at low price from farmers and sale it to consumers by adulterating water. By reforming organised milk marketing government can attract more farmers in this channel and minimize farmers and consumer being cheated. DDC is not able to sale various products high value products up to optimum level. The sales is very low than the production for products like, butter, ghee etc, which is having better demand in other country than Nepal. Country can produce such kind of high value products and www.ijmer.in 73 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 export to other country. By doing so country can earn foreign currency. In case of import, low value products can import to the country. Most of dairy processors of Nepal produce traditional products only. They just simply produce pasteurised milk and sale to consumers. Dahi (yoghurt) filled in clay containers were produced by some traditional dahi makers and milk-based sweets were prepared by traditional sweet makers (haluwain). But these days demand of value added dairy products are increasing because of fast urbanization and changing life style of people. Value added dairy products gives high rate of return than traditional dairy products. Dairy processor can produce these products rather than traditional products and can enjoy better profit. Most of small scale farmers of rural area, they do not have agricultural land to cultivate. The major occupation for small scale farmers is milk production. Around 80% of total milk production is produced by small and medium scale farmers. They keep average of 2 to 3 mulched cows or mulched buffalo in their herd. Milk is a great source of nutrition for them. By increasing the herd size farmers can produce more milk and can sale it to market. If they do so it can generate an extra source of regular cash income to them. By generating income farmers can purchase luxurious and modern products for their use like TV, refrigerators, washing machine etc. These products improve farmer’s living standard as well as change their life style. As production of milk is growing 4% in the country but demand of milk is growing by 8% annually. To fulfil market demand country need to set up some new industries in the country. It also gives chance to entered private player in milk marketing. To fulfil market demand some cottage and small scale industries can come in to picture. Growth of dairy industries gives opportunities to grow related industries along with it. In such way it helps to reduce the unemployment rate of the country by starting various dairy related businesses. People can start feed industries, dairy related equipments, milking machine industries etc. CHALLENGES IN DAIRY BUSINESS Annual average productivity per animal in Nepal is very low compare to other countries and it is a major constrain in development of milk market in the country. Milk production growth is 50% lower than annual demand. To fulfil demand we need to increase milk productivity as soon as possible but it cannot happen immediately. It takes a long www.ijmer.in 74 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 period of time. Though country is facing a huge milk deficit, National Dairy Development Board (NDDB), the country is seeing surplus of 40,000 litters of milk every day. The reason behind such a dramatic improvement, however, is not the rise in milk production. Most of the dairy producers are using cheaper powdered milk to increase their milk production instead of buying fresh milk from farmers. They have also increased milk holidays as use of powdered milk is cheaper than buying fresh milk. Farmers are fear about increasing milk holiday when flush season for milk production begins Nepal is a developing country. Geographically Nepal is divided in to three first mountain part covers 35% of total area; second hill part covers 42% of total area and third is Terai which covers 23% of total area. In Terai it is very easy to avail transportation facility as Terai consist plan area of the country. Most of hill and mountain area is still not having proper road facilities. These areas are away from transportation facility. Market infrastructure is not sufficient to support dairy market in the country. There is no proper collection, storage, marketing channel, etc infrastructure. Because of lack of proper market infrastructure dairy business is suffering. Though Nepal is agriculture based country and agriculture is a major contributor in GDP, has very little agricultural land. Most of area of Nepal is covered by Himalayas and mountains. Only about 20% of the total land area can be cultivated in a mountainous country like Nepal and most of land is un-irrigated, where even farmers can not produce fodder for their animal. Fodder is highly required for quality and quantity milk and for health of animal. Milk has a special role to play for its many nutritional advantages as well as poverty alleviation to farmers but still most of people use milk for tea and traditional food habit. They do not use modern milk product in usual food. Moreover, high prices of milk and milk products have also restricted common Nepali people to consume these products. Nepalese milk products are low in the terms of quality. There is no proper mechanism to find out the adulteration percentage in Nepal. Dairy products are not up to international standard. Quality is also a hurdle for dairy marketing in Nepal. Promotion activities regarding milk marketing is very limited in Nepal. Most of dairy industries are just promoting only pasteurized milk not the products which carry high value. Most of farmers of Nepal are illiterate or having minimum www.ijmer.in 75 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 qualification. Professionals are hardly engage in dairy business. There are shortages of qualified personnel, poor education and management expertise of farmers, miss understanding of production systems in Nepalese dairy business. Even there is not well facility for train illiterate dairy farmers. Proper training is also missing in dairy business of Nepal. Although there are so many good policies are formed by the government of Nepal to help farmers as well as attracting professionals but implementation of such policies is very weak in Nepal. Due to manipulation deserved farmers lose their chance to get benefited from such policies. One of the biggest challenges of dairy marketing in Nepal is limited credit facilities. Though farmers are aware about latest and improved technologies but majority of farmers do not have financial capacity to afford it as they are poor. For improving milk production they need to purchase improved breed, it also cost a heavy amount. There are very few financial institutions which provide very limited credit to farmers but charge a high rate of interest. And moreover the process of taking loan from bank is so lengthy. CONCLUSION Dairying is a centuries-old tradition for millions of Nepalese rural households; domesticated animals have been an integral part of the farming systems from time immemorial. Dairy business contributes around 9% of total GDP of the country. There are 3 lakh of farmer’s families are involve in dairy business which gives income opportunity to poor and middle class families of the country by selling their surplus milk. Most of farmers are landless and keep milking animal 1 or 2 in their herd. Dairy gives a regular income to farmers. Despite of being a huge opportunity in dairy business farmers and even professionals do not want to involve in this business. Annual growth of Nepalese dairy is measured only 1.15% in year 2014/15. Milk is either produce for family consumption or for sale locally. Milk and milk products are an integral part of our diet and milk is considered as one of the best sources of protein and vitamin especially for low income as well as vegetarian people in Nepal. To sales produced milk producer use both cannels called organised and unorganised and form different levels of milk marketing channel i.e. 0 to 4 level of channel. The major customers for unorganised channel are households, tea shop, agent/hawker, sweet shop and small groceries. Likewise customers for www.ijmer.in 76 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 formal channel are private dairy, milk cooperative milk processor and DDC. Being in a large number of livestock in the country major livestock population is local breed. Hybrid milking animal is a major challenge in the country. Nepal faces milk deficit of 400,000 litres a day. Nepalese annual milk output growth stands at 4 percent, while the demand is rising by 8 percent. To meet domestic market demand Nepal need to increase the production by double. Though there is a huge opportunity in dairy business in the country, we cannot ignore the challenges of it. To face these challenges government has introduce Dairy Development Policy. National Dairy Development Board (NDDB) has introduced several schemes and incentives for attracting farmers in dairy business. By implementing of these scheme and incentives dairy sector can achieve it target in coming future. References Acharya, Resham Prasad (2013) “Dairy Value Chain in Nepal” Vetnews an official newsletter of Nepal Veterinary Association, Vol. 3, Issue 2 Acharya, Bodha Hari and Basnet, Mohan Bahadur (2009), “Supply chain Challenges in Dairy Development Corporation, Nepal” Bhandar, Thaneshwar (2015) “Dairy business value chain analysis in Lamjung district of Nepal” International Journal of Agricultural Marketing Vol. 2(3) Banskota, Kamal and Sharma, Bikash, “Smallholder Dairy Farming in Nepal:Characteristics, Constraints, and Development Opportunities” Chaudhary, Balak and Upadhyaya, Mukul (2013) “ Socio- economic impacts of dairy cooperative” Economic Journal of Development Issues Vol. 15 & 16 No. 1-2 FAO (2010), “Dairy Sector Study of Nepal” Guadu, Tadesse and Abebaw, Mengistie (2016) “Challenges, Opportunities and Prospects of Dairy Farming in Ethiopia: A Review” World Journal of Dairy & Food Sciences 11 (1): 01-09, 2016 www.ijmer.in 77 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Joshi, Rakesh Mohan (2014), “India’s Dairy Exports: Opportunities, Challenges and Strategies” International Business, Oxford University Press (2014), Eleventh Impression, New Delhi Nath, Basudev (2017), “Fresh and Healthy Milk from herd to lips” Dairy News, year 24, Vol. 2 Pradhanang, Upendra B., Pradhanang, Soni M., Sthapit, Arhan., Krakauer, Nir Y., Jha, Ajay and Lakhankar, Tarendra (2005), “National Livestock Policy of Nepal: Needs and Opportunities” Agriculture 2015, 5, 103-131; doi:10.3390/agriculture5010103 Singh, Manjeshwori and Maharjan, Keshav Lal (2005) “Dairy Production and Its Implication in Household Income in the Tarai region of Nepal: A case study of Chitwan district” Contributions to Nepalese Studies, Vol. 32, NO.2 Reports: Annual Report (2015/16) and (2014/15), “Dairy Development Corporation” Annual Report (2014/15) “National Dairy Development Board (Nepal)” Annual Report (2015/16) “National Dairy Development Board (India)” Central Bureau of Statistic (2013), “National Sample Census of Agriculture 2011/12” Central Bureau of Statistic (2016), “Nepalese household survey statistical Report Vol. III (2014/15)” Ministry of agricultural development, 2013/14, Statistical information on Nepalese Agriculture, agri- business promotion and statistics division www.ijmer.in 78 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 POST MODERNISM AND POST-COLONIALISM : JOSEPH CONRAD SELECTED NOVELS-A GLIMPSES Dr.Ambati Suribabu Sr. Lecturer in English Mrs. A.V.N. College Visakhapatnam ABSTRACT Joseph Conrad (1857 – 1924), is one of those authors who considered the people of colonized countries as savages, barbarians and uncivilized that must be under the colonization and control of the civilized and superior countries like England. Among his works, Heart of Darkness (1899)—which is about a sea voyage upward the famous African Congo River toward the Congo Free State—is narrated by the first-person point of view narrator and protagonist named Marlow showing the intention and thoughts of the author about a colonized country. Consequently, the aim of this paper is to study the notion and concept of post-colonialism through the lights of the critics like Edward Said, Frantz Fanon, Gayatri Spivak and Achebe on Joseph Conrad’s novel named Heart of Darkness. As many other discourses, through the history literature paid one of its most important attentions to show and reveal such mentioned post-colonial characteristics and influences as well. Thus, an actual reader of literature can comprehend the fact that some authors are to be considered as defenders of colonizer countries while some others are on the opposite side and are the defenders of the colonized countries. The first group are called the agents of imperialism while the second group are the defendant of the colonized people. Keywords: Post-colonialism, Agent of Imperialism, Colonized Identity, Heart of Darkness. 1. INTRODUCTION Being introduced as a controversial type of literary theory, post- www.ijmer.in 79 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 colonialism deals with the literary canon created about the societies which on one occasion were under the colonization of the European imperial powers such as The Great Britain, Spain and France as well as the literary canon of decolonised notions. Pramod K. Nayar in The Postcolonial Studies Dictionary (2015) defines post-colonialism as: Initially written with a ‘‐’ between ‘post’ and ‘colonialism’ as a signifier of chronology, the term was originally meant to convey a historical‐material change in the political status of a country: ‘after colonialism.’ But with the 1980s it became identified with a way of reading and interpretation, a theory and a methodology, that examines the nature of Euro‐American nations’ conquest, domination and exploitation of countries and cultures in South America, Asia, Africa and regions like Canada and Australia. This domination mode of postcolonial inquiry tracks both historically (the period of European empires) and in the contemporary (neocolonialism). Postcolonialism is the academic‐cultural component of the condition of postcoloniality. It represents a theoretical approach on the part of the formerly colonized, the subaltern and the historically oppressed, in literary‐cultural studies informed by a particular political stance, using the prism of race and the historical context of colonialism, to analyze texts, even as it seeks to produce critical commentary that serves an act of cultural resistance to the domination of Euro‐American epistemic and interpretive schemes. i The term, post-colonialism, as explained above, reveals its main importance in literature after 1980s when it has been recognised with a way of interpretation and clarification, a philosophy and a procedure scrutinising the Euro‐American authority and corruption on South www.ijmer.in 80 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 American, Asian, African countries and cultures. In addition to such a kind of explanation regarding post-colonialism, it also explains some other parts which are related to psychological aspects of colonized people. On this regard, it “studies the psychological and cultural impact of colonial rule on the non‐European, arguing that the native’s subjectivity was itself formed”ii, as what other critics such as Fanon excellently established, “within the violently unstable crucible of colonialism. It seeks to examine the nature of the colonized subject’s agency in the face of oppression and dominance. The political position adopted in these interpretations is marked by the commitment to ideas of emancipation, equality and justice”iii. Therefore, by post-colonialism, it is to note that it wants to explore the fact that would come into existence for a colonized man after the period of colonization in the realm of religion, culture, identity, as well as literature as a place of manifestation for all of them. As mentioned, literature can be considered as the best place of representation of the colonization and its after-effects. When the people of a nation consider a piece of literary work as an authoritative one, it means that they are the followers of ideology and philosophy that the work has. For Conrad, and his novel, Heart of Darkness, the same procedure exists. Undoubtedly, Conrad can be considered as an author who pays attention to the notion of colonialism as well as post- colonialism and writes his novel in a way that it can be considered as an advocate of colonialism. Therefore, the aim of this article is to clarify and open up the effects of post-colonialism in this novel from the view points of the critics such as Fanon, Said, Spivak and Achebe. 2. METHODOLOGY For Edward Said, the notion of post-colonialism has its most important emergence because he has made his mind wholeheartedly to demonstrate the fact that, from long time ago, to the present time and www.ijmer.in 81 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 maybe for the future, most of the writers from America and Europe, including Joseph Conrad, wanted to change the reality of the colonized people to something which is totally in contrast with their true behavior, culture and identity. In this regard Edward Said philosophically introduced two terms to show that the colonizers want to mentally accept the fact that they are better than the colonized people. In his book Orientalism (1987), he stated that: To describe the us-and-them ‘binary social relation’ with which Western Europe intellectually divided the world—into the ‘Occident’ and the ‘Orient’— developing the denotations and connotations of the term Orientalism (an art-history term for Western depictions and the study of the Orient). This is the concept that the cultural representations generated with the us-and-them binary relation are social constructs, which are mutually constitutive and cannot exist independent of each other, because each exists on account of and for the other. iv Said puts the emphasis on the fact that by the use of the words such as us and them, the colonizers want to categorize people in accordance with their desires. This is where the notions of occident— western hemisphere; Europe and America—and orient— eastern hemisphere; countries of Asia and Africa— become very important factors in the differentiation between people. For a critic like Said, at the beginning there were no The West and The East. When the colonizers of the west, on the behalf of themselves, created such a concept, the east, they wanted to allow “the Europeans to suppress the peoples of the Middle East, of the Indian Subcontinent, and of Asia and Africa, from expressing and representing themselves as discrete peoples and cultures [and] thus conflated the non–Western www.ijmer.in 82 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 world into the homogeneous cultural entity known as the East”v. Therefore, the most important factor in the notion of post-colonialism is to believe that the colonized people are not us and they are others— the minorities that are not important and they should have no identity of their own. For Frantz Fanon, this notion is considered to be so destructive. Frantz Fanon in his book The Wretched of the Earth (1961), psychologically explained the destructive after-effects of colonialism. He believes that colonialism is harmful to the mentality of native people who were dominated by the destructive power of colonizers and they are marginalized into a very small entity. He states that: Its societal effects—the imposition of a subjugating colonial identity—are harmful to the mental health of the native peoples who were subjugated into colonies, [and] ideological essence of colonialism is the systematic denial of ‘all attributes of humanity’ of the colonised people. Such dehumanization is achieved with physical and mental violence, by which the colonist means to inculcate a servile mentality upon the natives. […] The natives must violently resist colonial subjugation. […] Violent resistance to colonialism [is] as a mentally cathartic practice, which purges colonial servility from the native psyche, and restores self-respect to the subjugated.vi As noted above, Fanon believed that the mental destructive effects of post-colonialism will result in taking no notice of all minute parts of humanity, especially for the colonized people. Needless to say, the colonizers are in the quest of dehumanization of the colonized people, and to change them to those who have no power of decision making and logic. He also notes that the colonized must not stay silent www.ijmer.in 83 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 in this regard and they have to resist because it is a kind of catharsis for them which can sooth them and help them to free themselves from the prison of being colonized. Spivak is another critic who deals with the process and the system of colonization. In this regard, he introduced the term of subaltern. In founding the notion of Post-colonialism, he referred to the key term of Subaltern, as he states: […] Subaltern is not just a classy word for ‘oppressed,’ for The Other, for somebody who’s not getting a piece of the pie […]. In postcolonial terms, everything that has limited or no access to the cultural imperialism is subaltern—a space of difference. Now, who would say that's just the oppressed? The working class is oppressed. It's not subaltern […]. Many people want to claim subalternity. They are the least interesting and the most dangerous. I mean, just by being a discriminated-against minority on the university campus; they don’t need the word subaltern […]. They should see what the mechanics of the discrimination are. They’re within the hegemonic discourse, wanting a piece of the pie, and not being allowed, so let them speak, use the hegemonic vii discourse. They should not call themselves subaltern. Spivak, as a post-colonial critics believed that there is no possibility for someone who is subaltern to escape from the essentializing aspect of being colonized, or even recover an untainted subaltern cognizance. Spivak contended that subalterns were themselves alienated, potholed and assorted and to infer an unchanging classification of ‘the subaltern’ was to standardize them. Supplementary, subalterns continuously remain the subjects of others’ demonstrations, lacking a social and cultural voice by which to express their own selves. Therefore, as the critics who focused on the notion of post- www.ijmer.in 84 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 colonialism agreed on, the people of colonized countries are going toward the way of not being themselves, having no identity of themselves and thus having no voice. They are going to be marginalized by those colonizers who are trying to convince the colonized people to believe themselves as the people who have no control over their society. 3. FINDING Many critics and scholars consider Conrad’s Heart of Darkness as the agent of imperialism in postcolonial studies. For instance, Nigerian novelist Chinua Achebe in public lecture “An Image of Africa: Racism in Conrad’s Heart of Darkness” (1975), considers this short novel as “an offensive and deplorable book” which is focused on the process of dehumanizing the African people, [introducing and portraying] them as savages, barbarians and uncivilized who must be controlledviii. It is to say that a novelist like Joseph Conrad “blinkered [...] with xenophobia,” and wrongly portrayed African people and Africa as the opposite of Europe and civilization. Conrad disregarded the artistic and creative achievements of Africans and those who are the native people of the Congo River basin—which is the symbol of Africaix. Conrad as a polish novelist, is at the service of colonizers and wants to show a false image of Africa. He tries to “depersonalize a portion of the human race,” in a way that when one reads the novel, he/she thinks that the novel is actually a voyage to the heart of darkness which may has no return and the characters are dealing with very dangerous adventures and situations in which the nature, people and all Africa has, are against themx. In a passage from Heart of Darkness, Conrad writes: Whether it meant war, peace, or prayer we could not tell. The dawns were heralded by the descent of a chill stillness; the wood-cutters slept, their fires burned low; the snapping of a twig would make you start. We were wanderers on a www.ijmer.in 85 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 prehistoric earth, on an earth that wore the aspect of an unknown planet. We could have fancied ourselves the first of men taking possession of an accursed inheritance, to be subdued at the cost of profound anguish and of excessive toil. But suddenly, as we struggled round a bend, there would be a glimpse of rush walls, of peaked grass-roofs, a burst of yells, a whirl of black limbs, a mass of hands clapping, of feet stamping, of bodies swaying, of eyes rolling, under the droop of heavy and motionless foliage. The steamer toiled along slowly on the edge of a black and incomprehensible frenzy. The prehistoric man was cursing us, praying to us, welcoming us— who could tell? We were cut off from the comprehension of our surroundings; we glided past like phantoms, wondering and secretly appalled, as sane men would be before an enthusiastic outbreak in a madhouse. We could not understand because we were too far and could not remember because we were travelling in the night of first ages, of those ages that are gone, leaving hardly a sign—and no memoriesxi. Herewith, Conrad is explaining the voyage to Africa from Congo River as if they are travelling to the past. It is as if they are travelling from civilized lands to uncivilized ones, from humanity to savagery, from logic and knowledge to ignorance, and from peace to war. Conrad wants to put the emphasis on the idea that savagery, ignorance and darkness are taken from the instinct nature of Africa and African people. This is why the Congo River is always wavy and dangerous and the African people (especially native ones) are always wearing no proper cloths; (i.e.) they are not civilized naturally. The cruel description of Africa and African people even goes to be more horrible when Conrad writes: You know I am not particularly tender; I’ve had to strike and www.ijmer.in 86 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 to fend off. I’ve had to resist and to attack sometimes—that’s only one way of resisting— without counting the exact cost, according to the demands of such sort of life as I had blundered into. I’ve seen the devil of violence, and the devil of greed, and the devil of hot desire; but, by all the stars! these were strong, lusty, red-eyed devils, that swayed and drove men—men, I tell you. But as I stood on this hillside, I foresaw that in the blinding sunshine of that land I would become acquainted with a flabby, pretending, weak-eyed devil of a rapacious and pitiless folly. How insidious he could be, too, I was only to find out several months later and a thousand miles farther. For a moment I stood appalled, as though by a warning. Finally I descended the hill, obliquely, towards the trees I had seen. xii In this passage, Conrad implies that if someone wants to travel to Africa, he should not be tender and sometimes, he has to fight, attack and strike because of saving his life. He also notes that this is the one and only way of survival. By this, Conrad wants to introduce a new identity for Africa; an identity which is savage and harsh. He also compares the African people and their nature with devil when he describes his confrontation with devilish violence, greed and hot desire. He uses all negative adjectives for the nature and people of Africa to convince the reader that Africa must be colonized in order to be controlled and civilized. Here, a reader should note that this passage refers to the description of African jungles that are pure, untouched and full of astonishing views and Conrad, instead of describing the beauty of the jungles, portrays a very prejudicial image of Africa in which the sunshine is blinding, trees are devilish, mood is mysterious and the situation has no mercy and pity. As mentioned, Heart of Darkness is full of literal and metaphorical contraries between Europe and Africa which focus on the fact that the earlier is better than the later and www.ijmer.in 87 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 the later must take the identity of the earlier. These opposites are the Congo and the Thames, black and white, good and evil, purity and corruption, civilization and triumphant bestiality, the light and the very heart of darkness. By the adjectives that Conrad gives to Europe, he is creating the identity of a colonizer that is right, while the adjectives that he gives to Africa are all negative introducing a sort of devilish identity. This identity is also evident in the actions and the behaviors of the characters. Conrad depicts British domination and imperialistic power in the gullible character of Marlow. He is so happy to observe the incomprehensible measure of red (symbol of British region) on the map. He is happy because he thinks that the reality and the ideal place are there signifying the true salvation, religion, society and business. The truth of the colonialism is depicted by Conrad in the character of Manager (whom Marlow glorifies). He is a District Manager who is a real and radical follower of imperialism, exploiting his position and taking his best advantage from each state he is in. Based on the description of the Manager from the view of Marlow, it is clear that he considers the Manager as someone who is in the quest of brining the civilization, humanity, and true identity to the Africans who are savage, uncivilized and non-human. On the whole, Conrad in his novella, Heart of Darkness, wanted to create a kind of ideological procedure in which European people believe that they are doing the suitable action regarding the act of colonization and on the other hand, African people believe that they must change their identity to the European one. These are all the after-effects of colonialism on the identity of people. As a contemporary concept, post-colonialism or the so-called colonial studies is a notion which has been under the consideration of many critics, authors and literary scholars. Undoubtedly, if one wants to clarify such a concept, he should consider the notions and thoughts of the critics like Edward Said, Frantz Fanon, Gayatri Spivak and Achebe. www.ijmer.in 88 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Post-colonialism refers to the study of behaviour, actions, thoughts, political and social tendencies of the people who are under the authority of colonizing countries, especially after the age of colonization. In post-colonial studies, a reader not only deals with such mentioned concepts, but also pays attention to the influence of this force—enforced by the colonizer—on the identity of the colonized people. Actually, post-colonialism deals with what the people of the colonized countries become after colonization and to speak meticulously, what the colonizers wanted to achieve through the act of colonization. As many other discourses, through the history literature paid one of its most important attentions to show and reveal such mentioned post-colonial characteristics and influences as well. Thus, an actual reader of literature can comprehend the fact that some authors are to be considered as defenders of colonizer countries while some others are on the opposite side and are the defenders of the colonized countries. The first group are called the agents of imperialism while the second group are the defendant of the colonized people. To mention the name, 4. CONCLUSION Joseph Conrad, a Polish writer, in his novella Heart of Darkness, narrates the story of a voyage that begins from London and ends in London. The novella portrays a very beautiful, civilized, human and logical picture of Europe in contrast with a very nasty, uncivilized, illogical and savage picture of Africa. In this novella, Conrad wants to note that the colonizers are doing the proper action regarding the colonization of African countries and the colonized people must be colonized. There are many clues in the novella which alludes the after- effects of colonialism among which the concept of identity for a post- colonial man is the most important one. Therefore, using the ideas of critics such as Said, Fanon, Spivak, and Achebe, one could say that there are many traces of post-colonialism and the negative effects of www.ijmer.in 89 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 colonialism after the age of colonization regarding the identity of people, the behavior of people and the changed definition and meaning of culture and society. References i Nayar, Pramod K. The Postcolonial Studies Dictionary. Willey Blackwell, 2015, p. 122. ii Ibid, p. 123. iii Fanon, Frantz. Toward the African Revolution. Trans. H. Chevalier. New York: Grove, 1967. iv Said, Edward. Orientalism. New York: Vintage, 1978. v Madhavan, A. “Review: Edward Said: The Exile As Interpreter.” Culture and Imperialism Representations of the Intellectual: the Reith Lectures. 1993, 20 (4): 183–186 vi Fanon, Frantz. The Wretched of the Earth. New York: Grove Press, 1963, p. 250. vii De Kock, Leon. “Interview with Gayatri Chakravorty Spivak: New Nation Writers Conference in South Africa.” ARIEL: A Review of International English Literature. 23(3) 1992: 29-47. viii Watts, Cedric. “A Bloody Racist': About Achebe's View of Conrad.” The Yearbook of English Studies. 1983, 13: 196. ix Achebe, Chinua. “An Image of Africa.” Research in African Literatures. 1978. x Ibid. xi Conrad, Joseph. Heart of darkness. The Online Book, Planet PDF. 1899, p. 57. xii Ibid, p. 22. www.ijmer.in 90 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 PROBLEMS & PROSPECTS OF E-GOVERNANCE IN INDIA Dr.A.B.Santhi Principal Sri Govinda Raju Swamy Arts College Tirupati, Andhra Pradesh Abstract Electronic delivery of public services or electronic governance is perhaps the second revolution in public administration after NPM, which may transform not only the way in which most public services are delivered, but also the fundamental relationship between government and citizen. The study is based on secondary data have been collected from books, journals, websites and the Government of India issued various Reports. This paper deals with objectives of the present paper is to explain the concept and benefits of e-governance in India; to analyze the different models of e-governance in India and to explain the major problems and current status of e-governance in India This paper concludes that today’s time the development of any country depends on the uses of E-Governance and also their penetration. Development of any country can be judge by the scope of E-Governance in that country. Moreover, today’s government has also full faith in E- Governance and its widespread network across the world proves it. Due to widespread demand of E-governance and exponentially increasing size of data, new technologies like Open source solutions and cloud computing need to be incorporated. This is a new concept for government officials who are used to familiar methods of work; the growth of E-Governance is met with resistance and fear, among other infrastructural problems. Keywords: E-Governance, Infrastructural, Technology, Growth, Network www.ijmer.in 91 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 INTRODUCTION E-Governance provides a sound strategy to strengthen overall governance. It can not only improve accountability, transparency and efficiency of government processes, but also facilitate sustainable and inclusive growth. E-Governance also provides a mechanism of direct delivery of public services to the marginal segments of the society in the remotest corners, without having to deal with intermediaries’. Electronic delivery of public services or electronic governance is perhaps the second revolution in public administration after NPM, which may transform not only the way in which most public services are delivered, but also the fundamental relationship between government and citizen. Broadly, e-governance involves the use of Information and Communication Technologies (ICTs) to transact the business of government. At the level of service, e-governance promises full service available to its citizens 24 hours a day seven days a week online and capability to obtain government services without visiting their offices, and reduced service cost. The emergence of Information and Communications Technology (ICT) has provided means for faster and better communication, efficient storage, retrieval and processing of data and exchange and utilization of information to its users, be they individuals, groups, businesses, organizations or governments. The use of internet not only delivers the services faster but also brings more transparency between the government and the citizens. But in developing countries like India, where literacy level is very low and most of the people are living below poverty line, it is very much difficult for the government to provide its services to such citizens via means of internet. Even the e-Readiness Rank of India is very low. E-readiness is defined as the ability to use information and communication technologies to develop ones economy and welfare. According to the Global Information Technology Report 2012, the e-Readiness rank of India is 69 with the score of 3.89 out of 10 that means the use of ICTs www.ijmer.in 92 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 in India is very low. Many other factors like privacy and security related to user’s personal information, digital divide etc. are also huge challenges for the implementation of e-Governance in India. CONCEPT OF E-GOVERNANCE E-governance means use of Information and Communication Technology (ICT) in government agencies, public sector and beyond, for the purpose of enhancing governance, improved interactions with business and industry. According to Mathew Symonds “After e- commerce and e-business, the next will be e-governance”. DEFINITION OF E-GOVERNANCE Although the term ‘e-Governance’ has gained prevalence in recent years, there is no standard definition of this term. Different governments and organizations define this term to suit their own aims and objectives. Sometimes, the term ‘e-government’ is also used instead of ‘e-Governance’. Some widely used definitions are listed below: According to the World Bank, “E-Government refers to the use by government agencies of information technologies (such as Wide Area Networks, the Internet, and mobile computing) that have the ability to transform relations with citizens, businesses, and other arms of government. These technologies can serve a variety of different ends: better delivery of government services to citizens, improved interactions with business and industry, citizen empowerment through access to information, or more efficient government management. The resulting benefits can be less corruption, increased transparency, greater convenience, revenue growth, and/or cost reductions.” Thus, the stress here is on use of information technologies in improving citizen government interactions, cost-cutting and generation of revenue and transparency. www.ijmer.in 93 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 UNESCO defines e-Governance as: “Governance refers to the exercise of political, economic and administrative authority in the management of a country’s affairs, including citizens’ articulation of their interests and exercise of their legal rights and obligations. E- Governance may be understood as the performance of this governance via the electronic medium in order to facilitate an efficient, speedy and transparent process of disseminating information to the public, and other agencies, and for performing government administration activities.” This definition visualizes the use of the electronic medium in the exercise of authority in the management of a country’s affairs along with articulation of citizens’ interests leading to greater transparency and efficiency. In simple words, E-Governance may also be defined as delivery of government services and information to the public using electronic means. E-governance is a shorthand term for the use and impact of technology; in particular information and communications technology (ICT) is governance systems. E-governance involves the use of information and communication technologies (ICTs) to transact this business of government. It is the application of electronic means in the interaction between government and citizens and government and business as well as internal government operation to simplify and improve democratic, government and business aspects of governance. It is a shorthand term for the use of Information and Communications Technology (ICT), in governance systems. Throughout the world, we see governments, businesses and NGOs working together to bring about e-governance. These are not just experiments in new modes of service delivery. E-governance inevitably also embraces- and is driven by-new models of policy formulation, new forms of citizenship, new patterns of relationship and power, new options for economic www.ijmer.in 94 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 development, and the search for new ways to connect people with the political process. Dr. APJ Abdul Kalam, former President of India, has visualized e-Governance in the Indian context to mean: “A transparent SMART e-Governance with seamless access, secure and authentic flow of information crossing the interdepartmental barrier and providing a fair and unbiased service to the citizen”. OBJECTIVES OF THE PAPER The following are the main objectives of the present paper are; To explain the concept and benefits of e-governance in India To analyze the different models of e-governance in India To explain the major problems and current status of e- governance in India RESEARCH METHODOLOGY The study is based on secondary data have been collected from books, journals, websites and the Government of India issued various Reports. EVOLUTION OF E-GOVERNANCE Global shifts towards increased deployment of IT by governments emerged in the nineties, with the advent of the World Wide Web (WWW). The technology as well as e-governance initiatives have come a long way since then. With the increase in Internet and mobile connections, the citizens are learning to exploit their new mode of access in wide ranging ways. They have started expecting more and more information and services online form governments and corporate organizations to further their civic, professional and personal lives, thus creating abundant evidences that the new ‘e-citizenship’ is taking hold. The efforts of the National Informatics Center (NIC) to connect www.ijmer.in 95 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 all the district headquarters during the eighties was a very significant development. From the early nineties, IT technologies were supplemented by ICT technologies to extend its use for wider sectoral applications with policy emphasis on reaching out to the rural areas and taking in greater inputs from NGO’s and private sector as well. There has been increasing involvement of international donor agencies under the framework of e-governance for development to catalyze the development of e-governance laws and technologies in developing countries. While the emphasis has been primarily on automation and computerization, state governments have also endeavored to use ICT tools into connectivity, networking, setting up systems for processing information and delivering services. At a micro level, this has ranged from IT automation in individual departments, electronic file handling and workflow systems, access to entitlements, public grievance systems, service delivery for high volume routine transactions such as payments of bills, tax dues to meeting poverty, alleviation goals through the promotion of entrepreneurial models and provisions of market information. The thrust has varied across initiatives, with some focusing on enabling the citizen-state interface for various government services, and others focusing on bettering live hoods. Every state government has taken the initiatives to form an IT task force to outline IT policy document for the state and the citizen charters have started appearing on government websites. For governments, the more overt motivation to shift from manual processes to IT-enabled processes may increase efficiency in administration and service delivery, but this shift can be conceived as a worthwhile investment with potential for returns. MODELS OF E-GOVERNANCEE-Governance services can be shared between citizens, businessman, government and employees. These four models of e-governance are as:- www.ijmer.in 96 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Government to citizens (G2C) Government to government (G2G) Government to employees (G2E) Government to businessman (G2B) 1. Government to citizens (G2C): This model of e-governance refers to the government services which are shared by citizens. Here, citizens visit to the link of services that they want to use. This models strong the bond between government and its citizen. Type of services which are provided by this model includes: Payment of online bills such as electricity, water, telephone bills etc. Online registration of applications. Copies of land-record. Online filling of complaints. Availability of any kind of online information. 2. Government to government (G2G): This model refers to the services which are shared between the governments. There is lots of information that need to be shared between various government agencies, department and organizations. These types of services or information are as: Sharing of information between police department of various state. Government document exchange which includes preparation, approval, distribution, and storage of all governmental documents is also done through e- governance. www.ijmer.in 97 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Most of the finance and budget work are also done through e-governance. 3. Government to businessmen (G2B): Through this model, bond between private sector and government increase and businessmen use to communicate. They share information through this model like: Collection of taxes. Rejection and approval of patent is also done by this model. Payment of all kind of bills and penalty. Sharing of all kind of information, rules and data. Complaints or any kind of dissatisfaction can be shown by this. 4. Government to employees (G2E): This model increases the transparency between government and its employee. Here, employee can keeps a check on the functioning and working of government and government can keeps on its employees. Information that can be shared by this model: All kind of data submission(attendance record, employee record etc) from various government offices is done by this model Employee can file all kinds of complaints and dissatisfaction by this model. All kind of rule- regulation and information for employees can be shared by this. Employees can check their payment and working record. Employees can register all kind of working forms online. www.ijmer.in 98 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 BENEFITS OF E-GOVERNANCE E-Governance is about reform in governance, facilitated by the creative use of Information and Communications Technology. It is expected that this would lead to: Better access to information and quality services for citizens: ICT would make available timely and reliable information on various aspects of governance. In the initial phase, information would be made available with respect to simple aspects of governance such as forms, laws, rules, procedures etc later extending to detailed information including reports (including performance reports), public database, decision making processes etc. As regards services, there would be an immediate impact in terms of savings in time, effort and money, resulting from online and one-point accessibility of public services backed up by automation of back end processes. The ultimate objective of e-Governance is to reach out to citizens by adopting a life-cycle approach i.e. providing public services to citizens which would be required right from birth to death. Expanded reach of Governance: Rapid growth of communications technology and its adoption in governance would help in brining government machinery to the doorsteps of the citizens. Expansion of telephone network, rapids strides in mobile telephone, spread of internet and strengthening of other communications infrastructure would facilitate delivery of a large number of services provided by the government. This enhancement of the reach of government-both spatial and demographic-would also enable better participation of citizens in the process of governance. www.ijmer.in 99 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Simplicity, efficiency and accountability in the government: Application of ICT to governance combined with detailed business process reengineering would lead to simplification of complicated processes, weeding out of redundant processes, simplification in structures and changes in statutes and regulations. The end result would be simplification of the functioning of government, enhanced decision making abilities and increased efficiency across government – all contributing to an overall environment of a more accountable government machinery. This, in turn, would result in enhanced productivity and efficiency in all sectors. E-GOVERNANCE FRAMEWORK The design and development of such complex solutions poses significant challenges. One such challenge is that in current development environments, the application developers have to work at a low level of abstraction. This means taking care of low-level issues such as intercrosses messaging, tools integration, and data modeling while defining the application logic. Similarly, solution reconfiguration and management requires the solution administrator to have a detailed understanding of the application logic, making the task time- consuming and error-prone. Handling these challenges effectively requires highly skilled and experienced Information Technology professionals, increasing development costs for effective e-Governance solutions. Solution administrators typically lack these IT skills, rendering change management impossible. In solutions developed to date, each e-Governance solutions has customized existing products to address an individual government agency requirement. However this might not always be the most economical way to develop a solution. In most industries, around 85 percent of the processes are same across companies within that industry. A similar fraction of the processes can be expected to be similar across different government solutions. www.ijmer.in 100 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Clearly, it is desirable to develop these processes once and then reuse them for many solutions. This is also likely to be true for data models, user interfaces, etc. For example, the address verification process in the driving license renewal solution considered above can be reused while developing a passport renewal solution. Similarly, the traffic violation record verification process can be offered as a service to insurance businesses to be reused in a car insurance solution. Lack of information (metadata) on available processes and components and difficulty in customizing these for a specific need currently hinder their reuse for multiple solutions. One can really conclude from the preceding discussion that there is a need for a framework that can simplify the development, deployment, and management of e-Governance solutions. Enabling modeling of a hierarchy of building blocks that can be used to abstract government process to a higher semantic level. Enabling specification of workflow for government processes independent of standards; the platform takes care of generating the deployable solution that conforms to the appropriate standards. Enabling reuse of effort across solutions by providing tools to develop generic, parameterized applications or processes that can be stored in a repository with appropriate metadata and effectively reused by various applications with appropriate customization. Extending programming models to specify the customization points in an application or solution during development, and intuitive interfaces to enable modification of solutions easily after deployment without the need for the business user to modify the application source code. www.ijmer.in 101 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Extending programming models to simplify specification of multilingual and multi devices interfaces. E-GOVERNANCE: MAJOR PROBLEMS IN INDIA Countries like India people are poor and infrastructures are not up to the mark. Under such condition it becomes very difficult to provide government services to the people. There are number of reasons for that: Poverty: Internet access is too expensive for the poor in developing countries like India. Installing the necessary telephone lines needed for internet or email access is equally unaffordable in most poor countries. Technical illiteracy: There is general lack of technical literacy as well as literacy in countries like India. Language Dominance: The dominance of English on the internet constrains the access of non-English-speaking population. In the case of India, 95 percent of the population does not speak English. Due to such overwhelming dominance of English over these communication channels, computers and the internet are quite useless in Indian villages. Unawareness: There is general lack of awareness regarding benefits of E-Governance as well as the process involved in implementing successful G-C, G-G and G-B projects. Inequality: Inequality in gaining access to public sector services between various sections of citizens, especially between urban and rural communities, between the educated and illiterate, and between the rich and poor. www.ijmer.in 102 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Infrastructure: Lack of necessary infrastructure like electricity, internet, technology and ways of communications will affect the speed which delays the implementation. Impediments for the Re-Engineering process: Implementation of E-Governance projects requires lots of restructuring in administrative processes, redefining of administrative procedures and formats which finds the resistance in almost all the departments at all the levels. CURRENT STATUS OF E-GOVERNANCE IN INDIA India has been harnessing the benefits provided by the Information & Communication Technologies (ICT) to provide integrated Governance, reach to the citizens faster, and provide efficient services and citizen empowerment through access to information. The aim is to redefine Governance in the ICT age to provide Smart Governance. Several significant initiatives have been taken at the Centre and the State level in this direction. At the Central level, the government has extensively promoted the use of IT in managing its internal processes and has drawn up a ‘Minimum Agenda of e-Governance’. The government has enacted IT Act 2000 which provides legal status to the information and transactions carried on the net. Several state Governments have also taken various innovative steps and initiated a number projects to promote e-Governance and have drawn up a roadmap for IT implementation and delivery of services to the citizens on-line. The National e-Governance Plan (NeGP), based on the learning from these projects was approved in May 2006 and comprises of 27 (now 31) Mission Mode Projects (MMPs) and 8 Components with a vision to make all Government services accessible to the common man in his locality, through common service delivery outlets and ensure efficiency, transparency and reliability of such services at affordable costs to realize the basic needs of the common man. www.ijmer.in 103 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 The National e-Governance Plan (NeGP), takes a holistic view of e-Governance initiatives across the country, integrating them into a collective vision, a shared cause. Around this idea, a massive countrywide infrastructure reaching down to the remotest of villages is evolving, and large-scale digitization of records is taking place to enable easy, reliable access over the internet. The ultimate objective is to bring public services closer home to citizens, as articulated in the Vision Statement of NeGP. The cornerstones of NeGP are citizen centricity, identification of services & service levels, centralized planning & decentralized implementation and Public Private Partnership (PPP). Community Information Center (CIC) On 22 August 2002, the honorable Prime Minister of India dedicated to the people of the eight North-Eastern states of the country, a new structure of localized Governance called Community Information Centers. Each is well-equipped with modern infrastructure, including one server, five client systems, a VSAT, laser printer, a dot matrix printer, modem, LAN hub, TV, webcam and two UPS‘. Each center has two CIC operators as managers and for providing services to the public. Basic services to be provided by CICs include Internet access and e-mail, printing, data entry and word processing and training for the local populace. Most CICs charge nominal amounts from users for services, which helps them to meet day-to-day running expenses. To ensure future financial sustainability of this enterprise, it is proposed to use the Community Information Centers for e-entertainment. CIC program was initiated by the Department of Information Technology, Govt. of India and set up at 487 Blocks of the eight North-Eastern states viz. Arunachal Pradesh, Assam, Manipur, Meghalaya, Mizoram, Nagaland, Sikkim and Tripura. www.ijmer.in 104 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 GramSampark: ‘Gramsampark’ is a flagship ICT product of the state of Madhya Pradesh, India. A complete database of available resources, basic amenities, beneficiaries of government programmes and public grievances in all the 51,000 villages of Madhya Pradesh can be obtained by accessing the website. Gramsampark has three sections-Gram Paridrashya (village scenario), Samasya Nivaran (grievance redress) and Gram Prahari (village sentinel). An eleven-point monitoring system has been put in place whereby programmes are monitored village-wise every month. Four more programmes are under the monitoring system, which includes un-touchability- eradication, women‘s empowerment, water conservation and campaigns for sanitation. Gyandoot: The Gyandoot project was initiated in January 2000 by a committed group of civil servants in consultation with various gram panchayats in the Dhar district of the state Madhya Pradesh, India. Gyandoot is a low cost, self-sustainable, and community-owned rural Intranet system (Soochnalaya) that caters to the specific needs of village communities in the district. Thirty-five such centres have been established since January 2000 and are managed by rural youth selected and trained from amongst the unemployed educated youth of the village. They run the Soochanalayas (organized as Kiosks) as entrepreneurs (Soochaks); user charges are levied for a wide range of services that include agricultural information, market information, health, education, women‘s issues, and applications for services delivered by the district administration related to land ownership, affirmative action, and poverty alleviation. Kiosks are connected to the Internet through dial-up lines, which are soon to be replaced by wireless connections using CorDECT technology. The Soochanalayas have been equipped with www.ijmer.in 105 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Pentium multimedia color computer along with dot matrix printers. The user interface is menu based with information presented in the local Hindi language and the features of the Gyandoot software are continuously being updated. Gyandoot has been awarded the Stockholm Challenge Award 2002 and CSI National IT Award. CONCLUSION During the last few years, many initiatives have been taken by different state governments in India for using IT as a tool in the functioning of Government so as to provide better services to citizens. At the level of service, e-governance promises full service available to its citizens 24 hours a day seven days a week online and capability to obtain government services without visiting their offices, and reduced service cost. Information Technology is growing very fast, Indian government is making many efforts to provide services to its citizens through e-Governance. Although Indian government is spending a lot of money on e-Governance projects but still these projects are not successful in all parts of India. These technologies not only provide organization, technical benefits but also provide economical benefits. E- Governance with open source is very popular in west countries but in India it is still an emerging technology. Therefore, we can say that e- Governance is the key to the “Good Governance” for the developing countries like India to minimize corruption, provides efficient and effective or quality services to their citizens. REFERENCES 1. Pradhan, S. K., & Kumar, P., “E-Governance in India: A Case Study of Haryana”, South Asia Politics, February, 2010, pp. 34- 37. www.ijmer.in 106 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 2. Pardeep Mittal, Amandeep Kaur, “E-Governance - A challenge for India”, International Journal of Advanced Research in Computer Engineering & Technology (IJARCET) Vol. 2, Issue 3, March, 2013, pp.1196-1199. 3. Puneet Kumar, Prateek Bhanti, “Prospects of E-Governance in India”, International Journal of Engineering and Innovative Technology (IJEIT), Vol.2, Issue 3, September, 2012, pp.335- 339. 4. Nikita Yadav & V. B. Singh, “E-Governance: Past, Present and Future in India”, International Journal of Computer Applications, Vol.53, No.7, September, 2012, pp.36-48. 5. Preeti Mahajan, “E-Governance Initiatives in India with Special Reference to Punjab”, Asia-Pacific Journal of Social Sciences, Vol. I, No.1, January-June, 2009, pp.142-155. 6. Mrinalini Shah, “E-Governance in India: Dream or reality?”, International Journal of Education and Development using Information and Communication Technology, 2007, Vol. 3, Issue 2, pp. 125-137. 7. Kiran Yadav and Sanatan Tiwari, “E-Governance in India: Opportunities and Challenges”, Advance in Electronic and Electric Engineering”, Vol. 4, No. 6, 2014, pp. 675-680. 8. Sushil Kumar Singla & Himanshu Aggarwal “Impact and Scope of e-Governance Initiatives in State of Punjab (India)”, International Journal of Computer Applications, Vol. 44, No14, April 2012, Pp.5-9. www.ijmer.in 107 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 NEED OF ETHICAL PRINCIPLES FOR THE TEACHING Dr.M.Anwar Hussain Associate Professor & Head Dept. of Telugu Osmania Degree & P.G College (Autonomous) Kurnool, A.P. Abstract Teaching may be regarded as a profession in its own right, and one that demands a great deal of professional expertise. But it also requires its own code of ethics, which may be expressed in a set of ethical principles. These constitute a code of "quality control" for the profession and those who practice it, a response to the trust shown by society at large. The teaching profession is based on the concept of teachers as experts who have been assigned specialized tasks by society, which has also prepared them for such tasks by providing them with the necessary high level of education. The profession then demands that the representatives selected to perform these tasks should demonstrate high ethical standards in all situations, even though the tasks may frequently be difficult to define precisely or call for rapid decisions. It is essential for society to be able to Key Words: Ethics, Professionalism, Importance, Quality Control and Teaching Profession. INTRODUCTION Good Ethics is a fundamental requirement of any profession. It is integral to the success of the business as well. Ethics is a system of moral principles governing the appropriate conduct of a person or a group. Maintaining good ethics is being consistent with the principles of correct moral conduct constantly. www.ijmer.in 108 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Meaning of Ethics "Good ethics is good business." It does not lead to run the business successfully, but it also provides many ways for growth and development by leaving a good impression about an organization in the market. An organization strives continually to be in pursuit of its goals while benefiting the employees in building up their high competencies. In this direction, the adherence to high ethical standards of the employees can be very much contributory to the impressive achievements of business goals being turned out as planned and intended. Professional Ethics Many professions throughout the ages have set themselves ethical guidelines that express the attitudes and sense of responsibility that members are required to show towards their work, articulating the common values and principles that they should possess with respect to their profession. The importance of ethics in professional life It can be evidenced by a number of instances showing the failure of businesses and several scandals. It may be rightly said that the situations would not have been so worsened had there been an observance of ethical standards. Therefore, maintaining ethical standards is must for the prosperity of an organization as well as the development of one's personality. Good ethics will lead us to maintain our honest image. It will enable us to refrain from such activities that may discredit to our profession. Thus, adhesion to good ethics is to let our conscience be our guide at all times. www.ijmer.in 109 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Ethics refers to human conduct Human conduct as to make judgments about what is right and what is wrong. It could be that there are several factors that may encourage one to adopt the unethical behavior, but the right person is who, despite facing ethical dilemmas, assesses the situations and makes the differentiation between what is morally good and bad in order to follow the rules and code of professional conduct. Good ethics causes to gain the confidence of superiors while promoting integrity, which means to continue doing right things even when we are not watched. Sense of responsibility The sense of responsibility attached to the practicing of a profession is based on knowledge and vocational skills on the one hand and on the values and norms that form the foundation of the work on the other. Both are essential, and neither can replace the other. Good ethical principles cannot compensate for poor professional skills, and good professional skills cannot make up for a lack of ethical principles. Thus teachers should feel obliged by their sense of responsibility to pay constant attention to the maintaining of their professional skills, and also show particular sensitivity in the perception of ethical problems and readiness to observe the highest standards of professional ethics when resolving such situations. Consideration of the Ethics Any consideration of the ethics of the teaching profession calls for a distinction to be made between legal and ethical matters. The basic duties and responsibilities of teachers are defined in the relevant legislation and norms, while the content of the teaching is laid down in the curriculum. One major point of departure for the ethical principles set out here has been the UN's Universal Declaration of Human Rights. www.ijmer.in 110 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 The results of a teacher's work are often visible only after a considerable time lag, in that good Learning experiences tend to promote lifelong learning. Teachers can play a significant role in both the generation of positive Learning experiences and the reinforcement of learners' self-esteem. Thus a teacher's work is a matter of providing opportunities for upbringing, instruction, and Learning for the ultimate benefit of individual learners. In addition, a teacher is expected to meet up to society's requirements concerning the implementation of the goals of teaching, which means that, on account of changes taking place in society, many teachers are obliged in the course of their work to take care of things for which they cannot bear sole responsibility. The change in the role of teachers has brought them closer to the learners, but it has also increased their responsibility for the learners' development and has frequently led them into closer cooperation with others who are also responsible for this development. Standard of Professional Ethics A high standard of professional ethics is one of the most important resources available to teachers, guiding their work and their interactive relations at the professional level. The work of teaching should include consideration and evaluation of the ethics of one's own goals and motives. In this sense, the purpose of the present account of a teacher's professional ethics is to codify and promote the sense of what is ethically right that has always been a part of educational work. CONCLUSION The results of a teacher's work are often visible only after a considerable time lag, in that good Learning experiences tend to promote lifelong learning. Teachers can play a significant role in both the generation of positive Learning experiences and the reinforcement www.ijmer.in 111 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 of learners' self-esteem. Thus a teacher's work is a matter of providing opportunities for upbringing, instruction and Learning for the ultimate benefit of individual learners. In addition, a teacher is expected to meet up to society's requirements concerning the implementation of the goals of teaching, which means that, on account of changes taking place in society, many teachers are obliged in the course of their work to take care of things for which they cannot bear sole responsibility. Teachers have a great deal of power and responsibility in matters concerned with the evaluation of learners, for instance, and it is only by fully internalizing the ethical principles involved that they can avoid abusing their position in this respect. REFERENCES Adams, B. L., F. L. Malone and W. James: 1995, ‘Confidentiality Decisions: The Reasoning Process of CPA' in Resolving Ethical Dilemmas', Journal of Business Ethics 14, 1015–1020. Brooks, L. J.: 1989, ‘Ethical Codes of Conduct: Deficient in Guidance for the Canadian Accounting Profession', Journal of Business Ethics 8, 325–35. Claypool, G. A., D. F. Fetyko and M. A. Pearson: 1990, ‘Reactions to Ethical Dilemmas: A Study Pertaining to Certified Public Accountants', Journal of Business Ethics 9, 699–706. Davis, J. R. and R. E. Welton: 1991, ‘Professional Ethics: Business Students' Perceptions', Journal of Business Ethics 10, 451–463. Frankel, M. S.: 1989, ‘Professional Codes: Why, How and With What Impact?', Journal of Business Ethics 8, 109–115. Hauptman, R. and F. Hill: 1991, ‘Deride, Abide or Dissent: On the Ethics of Professional Conduct', Journal of Business Ethics 10, 37–44. www.ijmer.in 112 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Murphy, P. E.: 1988, ‘Implementing Business Ethics', Journal of Business Ethics 7, 907–915. Norton, T. W.: 1991, ‘Understanding Professional Misconduct: the Moral Responsibilities of Professionals', Journal of Business Ethics 10, 621–623. www.ijmer.in 113 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 CONTINUOUS PROCESS IMPROVEMENT – AN ESSENTIAL ATTRIBUTE IN HIGHER EDUCATION Anuj Kumar Singh V.K.Narang Assistant Professor Professor Amity University Haryana Amity University Haryana Gurgaon (India) Gurgaon (India) Archana Singh Associate Professor Amity University Haryana Gurgaon (India) Abstract – Quality of education is essential for an institution of higher education. Since these institutions and universities are producing manpower for the industry the quality of edification becomes more important. To enhance the quality of imparting knowledge continuous improvement is the key. This paper elaborates the term continuous process improvement and explains the significance of the same in the context of higher education. The paper also provides a glimpse of four major areas of continuous process improvement in an institute of higher education and endow with an insight about improving elementary processes and activities. Keywords - Continuous Process Improvement, Higher Education Introduction – Education is the backbone of any nation. The literacy rate of any state or nation determines the growth of economy directly or indirectly. Economy is enhanced when the population has high literacy level. In today’s technology centric world it is necessary to focus on quality education and skill development. Quality can be assured by following best practices and processes for the attainment of objectives, and so in the case of education. Process is a set of actions or steps required to complete a task or to achieve an objective. In higher educational institution there is a need of building and implementing www.ijmer.in 114 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 many processes for achieving the objectives. The processes must be developed in conformance to the vision and mission of the institute. Significance of Process Improvement – Can we do better? This question must be asked by each organization, institution, entity or individual to itself. Change is the need of hour for any type of organization and every organization must take this in a positive manner. Change doesn’t mean replacement of processes or entities but the fundamental behind the change is improvement i.e. improvement in the existing process or methodology. There are many examples of organizations which have failed only due to reluctance toward change. So each organization must perform periodic self analysis of the processes with respect to different parameters that are related to aims and objectives. And based on the results of the analysis the organization or business should identify processes and areas for significant improvements. Continuous Process Improvement in Higher Education - With the advent of new technologies like ICT, process of imparting education is rapidly changing. Besides the traditional way of delivering content to the students new methods have been developed to make imparting education more interesting, effective, interactive, participative and practical based. Higher education is striving for the significant improvements in different areas. The four major areas of continuous process improvement in an academic institution are shown in Figure 1 - academic planning & implementation, evaluation & assessment, reviewing & modification and feedback. Each component is supported by different processes. To make a university or higher educational institution successful, the processes and methods in each component must be improved continuously. The momentous improvements which should be made in an institution of higher level are discussed in the next section of the paper. www.ijmer.in 115 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 • Academic • Evaluation Scheduling Criteria • Teaching • Assessment • Monitoring Methods Academic Planning & Evaluation & Implementati Assessment on Curriculum Design & Feedback Revision • Curriculum • Feedback Design from different • Revision & entities Modifications • Process of Feedback Figure 1. Areas of improvements in an institute of higher education 1. Academic Planning and Implementation: Academic plan defines the way in which the institution intends to achieve its aims and objectives. This component of academic institution involves many activities and processes including class scheduling, teaching & learning and monitoring. Being the fundamental component there is a need to continuously perk up academic planning and implementation. Each existing process and activity under academic plan must be analyzed for potential improvement and new actions or activities should be introduced to make academic plan more effective. In an establishment of higher education the scope of improvement in academic planning and implementation lies in three major subareas which are class scheduling, teaching and monitoring. (a) Academic Scheduling: The very traditional way of academic scheduling has been including only the academic activities which involved only theory and practical classes. And the same was generally www.ijmer.in 116 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 done manually by a team of teaching staff. But in today’s teaching and learning environment there is a need of making improvements in the preparation of academic schedule. More activities like seminars, workshops, projects, webinars etc. must be included to make academic delivery more effective and interesting. Furthermore the schedule should be made using a software or automated system so that there is full utilization of resources and with minimum time and efforts. At the end of every session the process of academic scheduling must be analyzed to improve the same. (b) Teaching: In an academic institution teaching is the most fundamental and important activity. Every institution in higher education should improve the methodology of content delivery to the students. Besides black board teaching which includes one way presentation of content, the new ways to impart education like project based teaching, small group learning, flipped classroom methodology, demonstrative teaching etc. must be developed and implemented. It is also important to improve the teaching and learning process in acquiescence with the latest technology developed. Information and Communication Technology (ICT) is very popular now a days and every educational institution must leverage the benefits of ICT for making improvement in imparting the education. Every teacher must be committed for making improvements in the delivery of course content and imparting knowledge to the students. (c) Monitoring: Monitoring is important to confirm the execution of the academic plan and the same in an academic institution should be done at various levels. It includes monitoring the progress of students, timely delivery of academic content and execution of other academic and non- academic activities. Significant improvements in the methods of monitoring can be developed using the technology innovations like ICT. Compilation of attendance and generation of different kinds of reports www.ijmer.in 117 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 related to monitoring can now be done using various kinds of automated systems available in the market. 2. Evaluation and Assessment: It is an essential component in higher education. Setting up evaluation criteria and construction of assessment methods must be done with extreme care after thoroughly analyzing each and every aspect of the course. (a) Evaluation Criteria: An evaluation criteria provides the standards and parameters which confirms the performance of the students studying a particular course. Specification of evaluation criteria is based on the duration of the course, course structure and content, type of course and area of the course. An educational institution should periodically analyze the evaluation criteria for each course offered and then make appropriate improvements. (b) Assessment Methods: Assessment in higher education can be either formative or summative. Formative assessment is the process of continuously assessing the performance of the students at different stages during the course while in contrast summative assessment evaluates the performance of students at the end of the course. Process of assessments should be continuously improved to make the assessment more effective while at the same time reducing the time and efforts. Online quizzes, automatic generation of assignments, unique assignment for every student, small group projects etc. may be included as part of effective assessment system. 3. Curriculum Design and Revision: Without effective curriculum for every course offered any educational organization is not able to achieve the aims and objectives. For continuous process improvement in an institution this component plays a vital role. Continuous review and revision of the curriculum according to the latest trends in education and industry is a must. The first thing that must be in existence before introducing a course is the structure of course and the www.ijmer.in 118 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 curriculum. The structure and curriculum of the course should be designed in a way that it should be able to fulfill the objectives of introducing a course. Process in designing the curriculum should be improved so that it should involve every concerned entity in the design process like members of faculty specialized in the course, industry expert, senior faculty from outside, feedback from students and members of board of studies. When revising a curriculum the impact of the revision should also be carefully analyzed to ensure that the revision will have a positive outcome. Furthermore each course must be periodically analyzed and modified based on the feedback obtained from different stakeholders including students, members of faculty and industry requirement. 4. Feedback: Feedback is the information about a process or activity in the form of reactions, product, results, performance or effects. This is the most important component for improving a process and without feedback improvement is not possible. (a) Feedback Entities: The first step in obtaining the feedback is to identify the different entities that will be a part of feedback process. In an institution of higher education these entities are students, parents of students, faculty, staff, industry experts, senior professors and current market needs. These entities are playing their roles in different areas in an institution. The appropriate feedback from each of the significant entities must be obtained and compiled for making potential improvements in a course. (a) Feedback Process: Suitable process for obtaining feedback should be urbanized and realized as per each type of stakeholder or entity existing in an educational institution. The process must define the parameters on the basis of which the feedback has to be obtained and the same should be in conformance to the objectives of the institution. The process of getting feedback should be perked up at periodic www.ijmer.in 119 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 intervals using latest tools and technology which not only provides automated processes but also generates quick and accurate results or reports. This feedback has also a great importance for a higher educational organization conducting visits by accreditation and government bodies and from this perspective it is more important to improve the process of obtaining feedback in each dimension. Conclusion Improving continuously is the fundamental of human life and one can easily analyze that without improving the life will become apparently difficult. The objective of this paper has been to analyze the specific areas of continuous improvements at the same time identifying the processes and activities for potential enhancement in an educational organization. This paper justifies that if an institute of higher education will strive for continuous improvements in the areas discussed then it will certainly achieve its aims and objectives. www.ijmer.in 120 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 INFLUENCE OF DEMOGRAPHIC FACTORS ON WOMEN ENTREPRENEURSHIP:A STUDY OF WOMEN ENTREPRENEURS OF UCBS IN UDAIPUR DISTRICT OF RAJASTHAN Dr. Anushree Sharma Head Faculty of Commerce and Management Vidya Bhawan rural Institute Udaipur Abstract Entrepreneurship is a phenomenon in which an individual takes risk to earn profit. But in practice it is an act of creativity because an entrepreneur may produce a new good or service with using knowledge of his own that how can with employing others and using their knowledge he can produce a new thing for the users. Women entrepreneurship is recent and Govt. is taking various efforts to motivate people to become an entrepreneur and job provider instead of becoming job seeker. In this sequence a study is done here on influence of demographic factors on women entrepreneurship. This is a study of women entrepreneurs who are taking assistance UCBs of Udaipur district of Rajasthan. Key Words: Entrepreneur; Women Entrepreneurship; Demographic Details; Motivational Factors INTRODUCTION Entrepreneurship is the process of setting up one’s own commercial enterprise as distinct from pursuing another financial hobby, be it employment or working towards some profession. The individual that set-up his business is known as entrepreneur. The output of the technique, this is, the business unit is known as enterprise. www.ijmer.in 121 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 The entrepreneurship is a risk –taking factor, which is responsible for the end result in the form of profit or loss. Entrepreneurship is a scientific, useful and innovative pastime of figuring out a want, mobilizing resources and organizing manufacturing on the way to delivering price to the customers, returns for the investors and earnings for the self in accordance with the dangers and uncertainties related to commercial enterprise. Entrepreneurship except presenting self-employment to the entrepreneur is responsible to a brilliant extent for introduction and enlargement of opportunities for the other two financial activities, that is, employment and career. Entrepreneurship is creative also in the sense that it involves innovation-introduction of new products, discovery of new markets and sources of supply of inputs, technological breakthroughs as well as introduction of newer organizational forms for doing things better, cheaper, and faster and, in the present context, in a manner that causes the least harm to the ecology/ environment. It is possible that entrepreneurs in developing countries may not be pioneering/ innovative in introducing path breaking, radical innovations. Entrepreneurship amongst women is a recent phenomenon. It is estimated that presently women entrepreneurs comprise about 10 percent of the total entrepreneurs in India and this percentage is growing every year. If prevailing trends continue, it is not unlikely that in another five years, women will comprise about 20 percentage of the entrepreneurial force in India. In the period before the rise of markets www.ijmer.in 122 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 and commercialization of the economy, most traditional occupations are open to women on the basis of their castes, could be described as self- employment. Spinning, weaving, basket making, midwifery etc. are examples. One of the traditional sources of income for women was the retail trade, selling family products both agricultural and non- agricultural, in daily or weekly markets. This continues now also and women vendors selling vegetables, fish, gram, spices, utensils etc. is a common sight in India. Commercialization leading to the rise of intermediate producers who could organize both production and marketing on a large scale with the aid of capital, has gradually eliminated the women from their traditional occupations, as they are unable to compete. Even in retail trading, women who used to sell the produce from their farms have wholesale markets owing to the increasing distance of the markets from the places of production and have resulted in women seeking employment in the organized units producing the same food articles. Women are participating by starting small scale industries in the country out of which only 8 per cent of the industries are run exclusively by women entrepreneurs [1]. But still the percentage of women entrepreneurial activity in India is not very high. Hence there exists a definite gap between the present status of women entrepreneurial activity and their potential. This gap can be bridged by planned efforts of the governmental and non-governmental agencies by promoting and propagating women entrepreneurship for socio- economic development. Central Government and State Governments are making planned efforts to inculcate the spirit of enterprise among women through many incentives and development programs. Various agencies such as SIDO, DIC, MSME, NSIC, SIDBI, SFCs, SIDBI, Commercial Banks, NABARD, UCBs, TCOs and EDIs are working for the same and these efforts are expected to spin good results with many more women taking to entrepreneurship. UCBs are a part of financial system and they are also providing loan to women entrepreneurs and so www.ijmer.in 123 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 in our present study we have tried to study the factors influencing the women entrepreneurship who are customers of UCBs. OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY: 1. To study the influence of demographic factors on entrepreneurship among women who are customers of UCBs. 2. To study the impact of level of education on different motivating factors among women entrepreneurs of UCBs. RESEARCH HYPOTHESES: The hypotheses drawn in the study to be tested are: H1a Age of the women entrepreneur influences the extent of her role in running the business H2a Education levels of the women entrepreneur influences the extent of her role in running the business. H3a Different motivating factors among women entrepreneurs are influenced by the education level RESEARCH DESIGN: Sample Size The sample size taken in this study is 60 women entrepreneurs who are customers of UCBs. Sample Selection Technique The respondents were selected on the basis of stratified sampling. DATA COLLECTION METHOD Primary Data Collection 60 women entrepreneurs were interviewed through questionnaires. 18 different branches and 5 head offices of UCBs of Udaipur district of www.ijmer.in 124 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Rajasthan were visited. As the bank officials refuse to provide any information on their customer’s detail, so the 60 beneficiaries were contacted in the bank premises itself. Women respondents who came to the bank were requested to fill the questionnaire. Secondary Data Collection The sources of secondary data that is referred are Libraries, bank publications, broachers, websites, various books and journals are some important sources of data are the sources for gathering information. Faculty of Management Studies, Pacific University, Udaipur; Central library of Mohal Lal Sukhadia University, Udaipur and VBRI Library, TRI Library, Information Center, Udaipur was visited. For collection of secondary data, these libraries were visited number of times. STATISTICAL DESIGN The key literature on banking and role of banking in developing entrepreneurship is reviewed. Primary data was collected using questionnaire survey. Anova test was used with SPSS version 15 to analyze the data. DATA ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION DEMOGRAPHIC DETAILS OF THE BENEFICIARIES 1 Age Group of the Women Entrepreneurs It is observed that majority (60%) of the entrepreneur’s age between 30-40. 30 percent belongs to 40-50 years and rest to other age group. www.ijmer.in 125 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Table 1: Age Group No of Respondent in Age group Percentage 20 – 30 8.33 30 – 40 60 40 – 50 30 50 + 1.67 Chart 1: Age Group of Respondent (In Percentage) 2 Level of Education of the Women Entrepreneur Highest (40 %) of entrepreneurs have education level from class 5 to 10 (Chart- 2). Next 25% have education level below class 5. However, none of entrepreneur has Master’s degree. www.ijmer.in 126 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Table 2: Level of Education Chart 2: Level of Education (In Percentage) Education Percentage Sign Only 16.67 Up to 5 25 5 to 10 40 Graduation 18.33 Masters 0 3 Occupational Status of the Entrepreneurs Table 3: Occupational status of Respondent No of Reason for Loan Percentage Respondents Milk Cow Rearing 3.00 2 Tailoring/Sewing 17 10 Fish Culture 0 0 Beauty Parlor 13 8 Retail Trade 3 2 www.ijmer.in 127 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Handicraft 0 0 Small Scale Industry * 2 1 Micro Enterprises ** 0 0 Construction of Building 0 0 Purchase of Transport 15 9 Construction of House 5 3 Other 42 25 *A small scale industry (SSI) is an industrial undertaking in which the investment in fixed assets in plant & machinery,whether held on ownership term or on lease or hire purchase, does not exceed Rs. 1Crore ** A Microenterprises does not exceed twenty five lakh rupees in case of manufacturing firm and does not exceed ten lakh rupees in case of service. Chart 3: Occupational Status of the Respondents www.ijmer.in 128 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Interpretation: The beneficiaries belong to diversified areas of occupation. Majority of them are involved in different business. The major sectors in which the entrepreneurs have invested their loans were listed in the question. In all 12 different areas were given as option as informed any the bankers (Chart-3). Among these, 42 percentages of respondents invested in miscellaneous category. The category comprises of purchase of goods/raw materials, expansion of business and maintenance etc. and 17 percent of females invested in their tailoring business, purchase of transportation are also a priority sectors for women entrepreneurs. MOTIVATIONAL FACTORS THAT ENCOURAGES ENTREPRENEURSHIP AMONG WOMEN The major objective behind the research project was to identify the major motivational factors that encourage entrepreneurs. Table 4 throws a light on the different motivational factors that motivates females towards entrepreneurship. The respondents were asked to select the most influencing factor. Relative ranking was also given to the different options. Table 4: Motivating Factor No of Introduction Percentage Respondents Husband 33 20 Friends & Relatives 02 1 Women Bank 17 10 Newspaper/Magazines 12 7 Self Idea 37 22 Other 0 0 www.ijmer.in 129 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Chart 4: Motivating Factor Interpretation: Women entrepreneurs are not involved widely in businesses in our country. However, recently a number of women both from rural and urban areas are coming forward to be an entrepreneur. It has been found through survey that 37% of the women became entrepreneurs by their own initiatives followed by the motivation from there Husband as the second most influencing factor and tradition (Chart-4). As far as bank role is concerned in motivating the women entrepreneurs’ only 17 % women give credit to their banks for motivating them. Similar result was identified when relative ranking was asked about their motivational factors. Chart 5 shows the results. 83 Percent of females give full marks their own self initiative on top of the list; also 55% females give equal credit to the family members. As far as bank role in influencing the females only 32 percent of female gives them the 100 percent marks to their banks on the ranking scale www.ijmer.in 130 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Chart 5: Motivational Factors (Relative Ranking) INFERENTIAL ANALYSIS 1: THE RELATION BETWEEN DEMOGRAPHIC FACTORS AND THE MOTIVATIONAL SOURCE 1) Impact of age on deciding the role and contribution of female in running their business In order to understand the role and contribution of female in running their business and one the impact of age factor on their roles one way Anova was conducted. The following hypothesis was framed. Table 5 shows result of the Anova test. H1a: The age of the women entrepreneur influences the extent of her role in running the business www.ijmer.in 131 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Table 5: Influence of age on role of women entrepreneur Sum of Square Mean s df Square F Sig. Between 14.036 3 4.679 1.389 .255 Groups Within 192.030 57 3.369 Groups Total 206.066 60 The p value is found to be insignificant(.255) between the women extent of contribution and age group, it can be concluded that no relation is establish between the various extent of her participation and the age group of the entrepreneurs or we can say that age group do not influences the extent of her participation or involvement in business. 2) Impact of education level on deciding the role and contribution of female in running their business In order to understand the role and contribution of female in running their and one the impact of age factor on their roles way Anova was conducted. The following hypothesis was framed: H2a: The education level of the women entrepreneur influences the extent of her role in running the business Table 6 shows result of the test. www.ijmer.in 132 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 ANOVA Table 6: Influence of education on role of women entrepreneur Sum of Square Mean s df Square F Sig. Between 5.430 3 1.810 .514 .674 Groups Within 200.635 57 3.520 Groups Total 206.066 60 The p value is found to be insignificant(.674) between the women extent of contribution and their education level, it can be concluded that no relation is establish between the various extent of her participation and her education level or we can say that education level do not influences the extent of her participation or involvement in business. 3) Impact of education level of entrepreneur on their sources of motivation. In order to understand weather any kind of relationship exist between different motivational factor and education level of entrepreneur and to test the relationship one way ANOVAs test was applied. The motivators were taken as dependent variable and education was taken as independent factor. The hypothesis was framed as: www.ijmer.in 133 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 H3a Different motivating factors among women entrepreneurs are influenced by the education level Table 7: One way ANOVA: Motivational Factors and the education level Sum of Mean Squares Df Square F Sig. Between Groups Self .042 3 .014 .052 .984 Motivation Within Groups 15.630 57 .274 Total 15.672 60 Motivated Between Groups .164 3 .055 .120 .948 by bank Within Groups 25.436 56 .454 Total 25.600 59 Motivated Between Groups by family 2.796 3 .932 1.485 .228 member Within Groups 35.137 56 .627 Total 37.933 59 Motivated Between Groups 4.535 3 1.512 1.982 .127 by others Within Groups 42.715 56 .763 Total 47.250 59 Various Between Groups Sources of .435 3 .145 .130 .942 finance Within Groups 62.548 56 1.117 Total 62.98 59 3 Interpretation The p value is found to be insignificant for all the sources of motivation and the education level, it can be concluded that no relation could be establish between the various sources of motivation and education level of the entrepreneurs or we can say that the influence of different motivational factors do not depends on the education level. www.ijmer.in 134 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 CONCLUSION & SUGGESTION On the basis of above data analysis and interpretation it can be conclude that our alternative hypothesis were rejected. Demographic factors i.e. age and education of women entrepreneurs do not influence them to be as an entrepreneur. Their education does not influence even different motivational factors i.e. there is not any significant relationship between education and their motivating factors. It is suggested that women entrepreneurship in small scale industries and micro enterprises needs to be encourage at various levels. Now, Govt. is providing so many facilities through various schemes for women entrepreneurs. The need is to provide a platform also where all such knowledge i.e. about various schemes and how to get benefit from them can be easily available for them. REFERENCES 1. Seth, Amita. (2013).The Evaluation of Entrepreneurship (p.28). New Delhi: Advance Learner Press. 2. http://www.webzeest.com/article/3012/entrepreneurship- development 3. http://assamagribusiness.nic.in/agriclinics/Entrepreneurship%20 concept%20&%20definition.pdf 4. http://www.webzeest.com/article/3012/entrepreneurship- development 5. www.msme.gov.in/ 6. www.dcmsme.gov.in/ 7. www.nsic.co.in/ 8. www.coirboard.gov.in/ www.ijmer.in 135 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 9. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Small_Industries_Development_Ban k_of_India 10. http://www.sidbi.com/ 11. https://www.nabard.org/ 12. http://www.investopedia.com/articles/personal- finance/101414/why-entrepreneurs-are-important-economy.asp 13. http://www.investopedia.com/articles/personal- finance/101414/why-entrepreneurs-are-important-economy.asp 14. http://niti.gov.in/writereaddata/files/document_publication/MSM E%20January%202016_0.pdf 15. https://www.creativeclass.com/rfcgdb/articles/Entrepreneurship_ Creativity_and_Regional_Development.pdf 16. https://www.omicsgroup.org/journals/entrepreneurship- development-and-its-impact-on-small-scale-business-enterprises- in-developing-countries-a-nigerian-experience-2169-026X-3- 119.php?aid=36077 www.ijmer.in 136 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 FABRICATION OF BANANA FIBRE AND POLYPROPYLENE AND EVALUATION OF TENSILE STRENGTH Ashish Kumar Singh Maneesh Mishra M.Tech Mechanical Assistant Professor Engineering(Production) Mechanical Department AKTU, Lucknow SRIMT ,AKTU Lucknow Anurag Shrivastava Associate Professor Mechanical Department SRIMT, AKTU Lucknow Abstract With the increase in the development activities, the utilization of non-renewable and non-biodegradable resources has increased exponentially in today’s World. This has led to the environmental pollution and has attracted the attention of quite a number of researchers. In these past few years, the researchers have been probing to synthesize new category of materials and products that are both eco-friendly and sustainable for usage. The fibers extracted from the natural sources provide a wide range of advantages when compared to the synthetic reinforcement materials in the composites. Natural fibres are low in cost, low in density, non-toxic in nature, have comparable strength and possess minimum waste disposal problems during the fabrication of composite materials. The main objective of this experimental study is to fabricate natural fibre based composite materials and to evaluate its mechanical properties. As a result, Banana Fibre Reinforced Polyester Composites is fabricated taking three different fibre weight ratios. Wet layup technique is used to manufacture the composites and the fibres are laid unidirectional i.e. along 90° orientation.After the fabrication, the mechanical properties such as Tensile strength, www.ijmer.in 137 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Flexural strength, Impact Strength and Hardness are evaluated. It is found out that the mechanical properties are enhanced with increasing fibre weight ratio in the composite and the flexural properties are enhanced by 28%, on increasing the fibre weight ratio by 10%. Introduction Composites, plastics and ceramics are the main material that is being used by the present world. Composites have a more significant advantage because these are made by engineering processes and mainly helpful to reduce the weight and hence to increase the efficiency. Composite material consists of two or more materials in a different phase. In traditional engineering impurities in metal can be represented in different phase and by definition considered as a composite, but are not considered as a composite due to modulus of strength is nearly same as that of pure metal. Oldest known composites were natural composites, wood consist of cellulose fibre in lignin composites, human bone can be considered as a osteons embedded in an interstitial bone matrix. It is essential that there be an integrated effort in design, material, process, tooling, quality assurance, manufacturing, and even program management for composites to become competitive with metals Carbon–Carbon Composites Carbon–carbon composites use carbon fibres in a carbon matrix. These composites are used in very high-temperature environments of up to 6000°F (3315°C), and are 20 times stronger and 30% lighter than graphite fibres. Carbon is brittle and flaw sensitive like ceramics. Reinforcement of a carbon matrix allows the composite to fail gradually and also gives advantages such as ability to withstand high temperatures, low creep at high temperatures, low density, good tensile and compressive strengths, high fatigue resistance, high thermal www.ijmer.in 138 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 conductivity, and high coefficient of friction. Drawbacks include high cost, low shear strength, and susceptibility to oxidations at high temperatures. Fig Carbon Carbon composites Fabrication and Experimentation To fabricate the composites of banana fibre and polypropylene according to the weight fraction of reinforcements, we used Injection molding machine. The descriptions of machine are given in Fig 1. The composites of different weight fraction are as follows: 1. 10gm Banana fibre and 490gm polypropylene (that is 2% Banana fibre and 98% polypropylene composite). 2. 15gm Banana fibre and 485gm polypropylene (that is 3% Banana fibre and 97% polypropylene composite). 3. 20gm Banana fibre and 480gm polypropylene (that is 4% Banana fibre and 96% polypropylene composite) www.ijmer.in 139 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 This process goes on various steps; in the first step, the polypropylene granules and the Banana fibre of small pieces (3-10 mm) are mixed together. Then the mixture is fed into the hopper in Injection moulding machine. From the hopper, the mixture is dropped into the channel between the barrel and the screw and is conveyed along the direction of the hot runner with the revolving screw. In the course of the conveyance, the mixture is in a molten state due to electrical heating and the shearing heat of itself and gets stored in front of the screw. Then the molten mixture is injected into the mould with high pressure until the entire mould is filled with the mixture and then it is cooled by holding the pressure, then the cooled composite specimen is taken out. Fig:banana Fibre Now we get three different specimens with specified proportion in % of banana fibre and polypropylene according to above are as follows: www.ijmer.in 140 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 1. Specimen I (2 % Banana fibre and 98 % polypropylene). 2. Specimen II (3 % Banana fibre and 97 % polypropylene). 3. Specimen III (4% Banana fibre and 96% polypropylene). Tensile Tests of Composite Specimens Tensile tests are performed one by one on Specimen I, Specimen II, and Specimen III respectively, however; due to insufficiency of space in presenting the paper, observation of specimen I only is analysed for properties evaluation through Table 1 Experimental observation for tensile test of Specimen I. Elongat Linear Strain at Lateral Calculated Calcula ion δ Strain, 45o 45 Stress, ζ ted Load ε Strain,εy ( εx ( -6 (MPa) Strain P (mm) ( x10 ) x10-6) -6 150 0 1.070 - - - 4.930 0.021 0 250 2.17 - - - 8.21 0.043 300 4.03 - - - 9.82 0.080 450 5.01 - - - 14.79 0.100 500 6.01 - - - 16.43 0.120 650 7.11 - - - 21.36 0.142 700 8.13 - - - 23.01 0.162 850 10.10 - - - 26.29 0.202 900 11.86 - - - 29.58 0.237 950 14.76 - - - 31.22 0.295 1027.5 Specimen break 33.76 Specimen The evaluation is done with the help of following calculations: Stress σ = load(P) Area(A) Area(A) = Length*Thickness www.ijmer.in 141 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Where,Width = 11.7mm thickness = 3mm Hence Area(A) = 11.7*3 = 30.42mm2 For example,For serial no 7 of table 1 σ = 650 = 21.36MPa 30.42 Strain ε = elongation (δ) Gauge length(L) Gauge (L) =50mm Now strain ε = 7.11 50 = 0.142 www.ijmer.in 142 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Result and Discussion As we performed Properties evaluation test for Tensile strength on three different specimens prepared by varying % of banana fibre with add of Polypropylene as 2%, 3% and 4% with 98%, 97% and 96% respectively and observed the favorable results. Tensile strength varies from 26.83 MPa (which is for 2% banana fibre 98% polypropylene composite) to 28.82 MPa (which is for 8% banana fibre 92% polypropylene composite) and tensile strength for 5% banana fibre 95% polypropylene composite is 27.37 MPa. Thus, we see 8% banana fibre 92% polypropylene composite is the strongest in tension. Conclusion The materials banana fibre and polypropylene are fabricated with the help of Injection Moulding process and properties are evaluated and analysed for Tensile strength. The following conclusion are obtained. i. The tensile strength of the composite fibre is very high and Specimen does not break at a small value of tensile stress. ii. There is a reasonable increment in the value of Tensile Strength of Specimen with a variation in the % of Banana Fibre. iii. The best performance of Specimen is observed with 8 % banana fibre, 92 % Polypropylene and holds the value of tensile stress as 28.82 MPa. iv. It is suggested that banana fibre and Polypropylene composite fibre can be used as an alternate of synthetic fiber reinforced composite materials www.ijmer.in 143 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 References 1. C. L. Tsai, S. C. Park and W. T. Cheng, 1999, "Welding Distortion of a Thin- Plate Panel Structure" 2. T.D. Huang, Pingsha Dong, Lawrence A. DeCan, Dennis D.Harwig, 2003, "Residual stresses and Distortions in Light weight ship panel structures". 3. V. VEL MURUGAN AND V. GUNARAJ, 2005," Effects of Process Parameters on Angular Distortion of Gas Metal Arc Welded Structural Steel Plates", Sponsored by the American Welding Society and the Welding Research Council 4. Dean Deng, 2008," FEM prediction of welding residual stress and distortion in carbon steel considering phase transformation effects", Research Centre of Computational Mechanics Inc., Department of Technical Development, Togoshi NIBuilding,1-7- 1, Togoshi, Shinagawa-ku,Tokyo 142-0041, Japan. 5. S.F. Estefen , T. Gurova , X. Castello , A. Leontiev, 2009, "Surface residual stress evaluation in double-electrode butt welded steel plates" 6. De-An DENG, 2010," Theoretical prediction of welding distortion in large and complex structures", College of Material Science and Engineering, Chongqing University, Chongqing 400045, China. www.ijmer.in 144 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 THIMMAMMA MARRIMANU: THE BIGGEST BANYAN TREE IN THE WORLD Dr.V.Raj Mahammadh Assistant Professor & Head Department of History Govt. Degree College, Kadiri Anantapuram, Andhra Pradesh. Thimmamma Marrimanu is about six hundred years old banyan tree, its spreads across six acres of land with more than twelve hundred supporting prop roots. The great banyan tree in Anantapuram district of Andhra Pradesh is one among few wonders of nature, it was planted by a virtuous women namely Sri Sathi Thimmamamba in early fifteenth century. The banyan tree locally called it as “Thimmamma Marrimanu” after the name of Thimmamma, who committed ‘Sati’ in 1434 A.D. At these spot, where this tree sprouted. The tree was recorded in the Guinness Book of World Records in 1989. It is the world famous eco-tourist centre and this gigantic tree is contributing to an ecological conservations and environmental preservation to a greater extent in the area. People of all religions are visit and adore the tree and it is a place of religious harmony and national integration. The article focuses on to understand the past by examining monuments, customs and traditions and surviving records on the history of Thimmamma and her service to ailing husband and society. Thimmamma Marrimanu is a Banyan tree, which is located twenty five kilometers away from Kadiri in the Gootibayalu village, N.P.Kunta Mandal of Anantaputam district, Andhra Pradesh, India. The scientific name of the banyan tree is ‘Ficus Benghalensis’ and belonging to the family ‘Moraceae’. The tree is a native of India. The English name ‘banyan’ comes from “banians, the Hindu merchants, who setup markets in the shade of these enormous trees. In Telugu language, ‘Marri’ denotes “banyan”, and ‘Manu’ “a tree”. The www.ijmer.in 145 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Thimmamma Marrimanu1 is located in healthy atmosphere of the Eswaramala Mountains, which is the highest one about 3600 ft above sea level in the Anantapuram district. The district recorded second lowest rainfall after Jaisalmir and also drought area, even though, the banyan tree is one of the unusual trees that grow in this area. This is the biggest tree on record followed by second largest tree grew at the Calcutta botanical guardian with covering an area of four acres. Adayar in Chennai, Tamil Nadu, Ramohalli in Bangalore, Karnataka, Pillala Marri at Mahaboob Nagar, Telangana also having the oldest banyan trees in India. Generally tourists were visiting this place for mental peace and harmony. Apart from, the local people believe that, chronic diseases are being cured by the Goddess Thimmamma and the childless couple worship, they will have a child within few years. The climate is also help in such cases. The name banyan tree was first mentioned in the Ayurveda books like Charaka Samhitha, Vastu Guna Prakasika and Vastuguna Mohodadi, where the tree has rich medicinal value. The tree symbolises the Trimurthi, the bark of the tree is symbol of lord Vishnu, Brahma, the roots, and Shiva, the branches. Many of the sages did yoga under this tree and Sri Rama Chandra and Sita also did puja to this tree, which was mentioned in Raguvamsa2. Regret Iyer3 was a first person, who noticed and reveled first about this tree in the world and he made all efforts to have the tree recorded in the “Guinness Book of World Records in 1989”. Our ancestors protected and preserved this tree for six centuries. The pleasant climatic condition of this place is very salubrious and conducive to establish health yoga and educational institutions on the lines of Santhinikethan4 and Rishy valley5 so as to train up youngsters to buildup better India. Eswaramala valley, around this mountaneous tree can be developed on the lines of Araku Valley6 or as common man’s Kashmir linking it to Horsely hills7 popularly known as ‘Andhra Ooty’ www.ijmer.in 146 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 as an international tourist centre. The visitors can enjoy the beauty of the tree branches and roots. The recent excavations in Gootibayalu found many archeological remains of Gangaraja samstan. The fort house and tree is one of the sources of Thimmamma history. The tree has rich historical background. Early Life of Thimmamma Virtuous woman namely Sri Sathi Thimmamamba8 was born in a royal family to Chenna Venkatappa and Mangamma at Bukkapatnam in 1394 A.D. They belong to Setti Balija caste. Her father was like a Panchayat head of the Bukkapatnam (Anantapuram district) village. Narayana, who was a brother of Thimmamma was a first child. After seven years of the birth of her brother, Thimmamma was born with the blessings of Sri Venkateswara Swamy, Tirumala. The local mythological stories say that a monkey came to Venkatappa’s house and handed over two bananas to Mangamma. She ate those bananas and became pregnant. After nine months Thirumalamma was born, she was a contemporary of Annamacharya.9 In the course of time, the name Tirumalamma became Thimmamma. Her father did Ustavams (Fairs) and donated wealth to the poor people during the famine period. After Thimmamma was born, there were no famines in this area. The local people believed that she was a disciple of Lord Venkateswara. Thimmamma started her studies at the age of six years and stopped it at the age of fourteen years. She was married to Balaveeraiah Nayaka10 of Gangarajula Samstan (union)11 of Gootibayalu. They were benevolent rulers. After marriage, every year, the family went to Tirumala to have Lord Venkatesara Swamy Darsan. Thimmamma practiced sword and stick fight at her young age. She served as a chief justice in the Gangaraja samstan. She was successfully confronted dacoits and driven away from the local area. She was also a good advisor of her husband in the village administration. Her family participated and did many social activities like the development of www.ijmer.in 147 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 irrigation canals, digging wells, and tanks in the region. Tank irrigation has huge bearing on generation of rural employment, poverty reduction and agricultural growth. She supported agriculture and the development of industries and also encouraged small scale industries and handlooms. She donated money for the development and constructions of local temples, for instance, Obulesu temple, Gangamma and Ramalaya temple in the Bukkapatnam village. One day, the Gangaraja family went to Lakshmi Narasimha Swamy temple fair at Kadiri along with village people except Thimmamma and few village guards. During that time, the dacoits, who came from north India entered into the village borders, she know that information through the intelligence. Immediately she closed the fort and inspired to all the villagers to fight against them. She took bow and arrow and also deliberately prompting hounds (hunting dogs) and drove them away successfully.12 She had keen interest to learn the stories of gods and goddesses. She conducted Hari Katha’s (Stories of god Hari or Vishnu) and Burra Katha’s (oral story telling) on the history of Purans and important grate personalities in the mythological stories. She read the Mahabaratha, the Purana’s and the Bhagavad Geetha with the help of Anjaneya Sastri, who was a Purohiha of Gangaraja’s family. She was influenced by Hindu religious books and followed dharma and Ahimsa. She criticised Devadasi13 system in the temples and tried to reform the society. The society is based on caste, and sub-caste system, it creates an unhealthy environment, because the elite class families (Reddy, Kamma, Balija, Kapu) were enjoying the ruling power and recognised higher social status, but the marginalized communities are depended on agriculture and daily labourers and they are under the control of higher castes. In the beginning of the fifteenth century, there was a sudden attack by the Turaka dandu (Turkish bandits), who came from Gurram www.ijmer.in 148 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Konda on Gangaraja samstan at midnight. There was a war between Balaveeraiah and Turkish bandits, but Balaveeraiah successfully drove away them, but his shoulder was injured with a poisonous sword. His Army General Varakani Mallaiah was shot dead. In this attack, Venkata Rayudu and Malla Veera helped a lot to Balaveeraiah. They used Guerilla warfare methods and them prompting hounds (hunting dogs) on Turaka Dandu. Hunting dogs played a crucial role for the success of Balaveeraiah. After few months, Thimmamma and Balaveeraiah visited various pilgrim centers like Srisailam and Tirumala. Thimmamma gave birth to a boy and a girl, but unfortunately the boy died due to poison and girl died due to bad fever. They became sad and later stoic. Gradually, Balaveeraiah suffered from rheumatism, arthritis and bad fever. Every day, he became very weak as he was wounded by a poisonous sword earlier. They consulted and invited Ayurvedic physicians with the help of Narayana, who was a brother of Thimmamma. The doctors came from Mekala Cheruvu, Malla Meda Palli, Kokkanti, Rachaveedu, Siddavatam and Penugonda, even though, the disease was not controlled. The disease gradually developed to be Leprosy.14 Even the members of his family, relatives and villagers have not touched his body. In this condition, Thimmamma served and dedicated her life for her ailing husband with devotion. They faced financial problems due to low agricultural income. The Samstan administration was not effectively run by the family members of Balaveeraiah. Moreover, they neglected Balaveeraiah and also criticised him. Finally, the family was divided, and they came out from fort house and shifted to a small hut in Gootibayalu. Therefore, Thimmamma gave curse to them that the fort house will became the place of plants and animals. (Until recent times, this stone fort was only source to exist Thimmamma). After few months, Balaveeraiah died in 1434.15 www.ijmer.in 149 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Thimmamma Satisahagamanam After the death of her husband, she decided to sacrifice her life on the funeral pyre of her husband.16 During this period, the region of Gootibayalu was under the control of Kokkanti Parupatyagar.17 He was under the control of Devaraya-II (1423-1446 A.D), who was a king of Vijayanagara. They provide a vivid and realistic picture of this brutal custom. According to inscriptions it was the Gaudas and sometimes Nayakas who were given to Sati rite. It was, however, voluntary. The widows committed Sati two or three months after the death of her husband’s, Thimmamma took special permission from local Kokkanti Parupatyadar Mallappa Naidu. For that, she showed her divine powers to the Mallappa Naidu by giving life to a plant and two dead doves and got his assistance in sacrificing her life by Sati Sahagamana with her husband. He gave permission and sent a group of employees to Gootibayalu for completing the sati activities. On the day of Sati, Mallapa and his army went to Gootibayalu village, on the way to village, he took rest under the tamarind tree, where he slept deeply and forgot Thimmamma’s Sati. She waited for him, but he did not turn up over there, she got angry and gave curse to the tamarind tree, immediately the tree turned dry and became a shelter for owls.18 He was suddenly woke up and ran towards the place of Sati. Finally she forgave him and he completed all the activities before she committed sati. She donated her wealth to the poor people and also explained her previous incarnation and future stories. Her unnamed Guru or Yogi also came to the spot and gave her blessings. Jaista Suddha Dasimi, Monday she committed ‘Sati’ along with her husband.19 According to Ashis Nandy, ‘the Vijayangara practice was an example of an “epidemic” of sati practice just like Rajput kingdoms under attack by Mughal armies’.20 There are about fifty inscriptions have been discovered in Vijayanagara which are called Satikal (sati www.ijmer.in 150 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 stone) or Sati-virakal (sati hero stone), which shows the strong followers of Hindu religious practices.21 A banyan branch was planted by her in north eastern side of her funeral pyre which grew to in this gigantic tree. Generally, the banyan tree puts down roots, a trunk up and branches out, but from its branches it puts down feelers, these then grow into the ground and become roots, roots that pump sap up and act as support struts for the tree. In this way banyan tree continues to grow out wards. After this incident, Mallappa Naidu influenced by Timmamma and followed dharma and ahimsa. He had done many social activities, donations, social awareness programmes, temple constructions, digging wells, plantation, and houses of charity for the welfare of the society. Timmamma’s ashes were offered in the rivers of Chitravathi and Papagni22. Her brother Narayana spent his time for the development of the tree and erected the statues of Balaveeraiah and Thimmamma. A big fair has been held during Sivarathri festival since 1950, it attracts thousands of devotees.23 The visitors from Andhra Pradesh, Tamil Nadu, Karnataka and Telanagana were common and the tourists from different parts of the country also came to this place. Preservation and Protection of the Tree The tree was heavy damage in 1977 cyclone, after 1980s, the Marrimanu development committee and later forest department took appropriate measures to protect this monumental tree. The government of Andhra Pradesh has taken up tending tree surgery, land leveling, soil and moisture conservation training programmes support to branches and other conservation works. They also fence the surrounding of the tree and trespassing is strictly prohibited. In order to protect the tree, the forest department has acquired twenty two acres of agricultural lands in the surrounding area. The total area of surrounding the tree will be fenced and development works to build a compound wall at the entrance gate and fifty feet wide path till the www.ijmer.in 151 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 temple premises will be taken up. Recently, a root has sprouted, where restoration work carried out. The local people believed that Thimmamma reached out to the people, who visit her, and fulfill their desires as a token of fabrance neither the wood nor the lives of the trees are useless.24 There is every need to take more effective steps for preservation and protection of this world famous tree, which is an international eco- tourist centre on the lines of “Vana Samrakshana Projects25” (Protection of forests) of Thirumala Thirupathi Devastanams26 in Thirumla, because forty percent of this tree has been uprooted and fallen down by the cyclonic winds since 1950, and ever since people began to remove wild growth of bushes under the tree. It resulted in soil erosion and hardening of soil, thereby uprooting certain portions of the tree and not allowing proper absorption of rain water and easy penetration of prop roots into the soil. The committee and charitable donors constructed a temple under the tree. Banyan tree spread all sides except north east. The tree is appearing like forest. Thimmamma was followed non-violence, that’s why non vegetarian is not prepared near the tree. At present, the members of the Eddula family are the patrons of Thimmamma tree. They propagated her history through Hari Katha and Burra Katha. Eddula Gangi Reddy served as a patron of Thimmamma temple from 1950 to 1992. The Andhra Pradesh Tourism Department spent 3.4 million rupees for the construction of tourist guest house and also spent 1.2 million for the construction of Shiva Ghat and bird sanctuary. In the recent past, Kaivaram Trust, Karnataka spending one million for the developmental activities. Thirumala Thirupathi Devastanam also laid the foundation stone for the construction of Sri Venkateswara temple. Therefore, every citizen of our country must protect such type of trees to safeguard the national wealth. www.ijmer.in 152 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Conclusion: Thus Thimmamma was a virtuous woman, fore teller, social reformer, fighter, advisor, donor, and strong follower of Hindu ritual practices in the beginning of the fifteenth century. She served her ailing husband like Sumathi, in fact, she ranks one among Sati Sulochana, Savithri and Anasuya of our Puranas. She was treated as a forest goddess and protector of the environment. The government and people are earnestly requested to take all measures to protect this tree and develop this place as a national and international eco-tourist centre. The tourists and the local people demanded to the central government that this gigantic tree should include in the list of World Heritage Sites of UNESCO, because the site having cultural, historical, and scientific background. This is the pride of the state and country. Acknowledgement: I am grateful to Dr.P.Sreenivasa Naidu, Principal, Dr.S.Smitha, Vice Principal, STSN GDC, Kadiri for encouraging research and Dr. TTP.Mohan Babu, Dr. R.Hyder Ali, Department of English, Govt. Degree College, Kadiri, Anantapuram, Andhra Pradesh for their cooperation and their valuable comments and suggestions to complete this article. I am also thankful to Dr.K.Sreenivasulu, Dept of Telugu for translating telugu words and local guide for narrating the brief story. End Notes: 1 Oral history is the main sources for the writing of this article. I personally interviewed some of the local members of the Thimmamma Marri Manu development committee and I have also conducted several student study projects on the topic and I visited Thimmamma Marrimanu many times for collecting information. The fort, the Tree and artifacts are the other archeological sources for the wiring of this article. 2 Raguvamsa is a poetic work written by Kalidasu. 3 Regret Iyer popularly known as Satyanarayana Iyer, is a writer, photographer and publisher from Bangalore, India. He visited Timmamma Marrimanu and got wonder. He finding the largest banyan tree and made all efforts to have the tree recorded in the Guinness Book of World www.ijmer.in 153 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Records in 1989. He collected more than 375 regret slips from various magazines and published himself as collector of regret slips, he became so infamous and his name changed Regret Iyer. 4 Shanthiniketan is a small town in the Birbhum district of west Bengal, India, where the Tagore family established spiritual center and school, later it became a Vishva Bharahi University. It’s a place of natural learning environment. 5 Rishi valley is an education institution; it is located fifteen kilometers away from Madana Palli, Chittor district of Andhra Pradesh. This is one of the best educational centres in India. This was founded by Jiddu Krishna Murthi, a famous philosopher. This center is run by Krishna Murthi foundation. 6Araku valley is a hill station and tribal area in Visakhapatnam district of Andhra Pradesh; it is a valley in the Eastern Ghats, famous for coffee. 7A Horsley hill is a famous hill resort of Andhra Pradesh, which is located near Madana Palli, Chittor district; it is located at 1265 meters altitude from the sea level. It is beautiful summer resort with rich fauna and flora. 8The original date of birth of Thimmamma was found in oral history only, she was a contemporary of Annamacharya, who was devotee of Lord Sri Venkteswara lived in Fifteenth century A.D. 9Tallapaka Annamayya (1408-1503) was a Fifteenth century Hindu saint. He composed ‘Sankirtanas’ (songs) in praise of god Lord Sri Venkateswara Swamy, Tirumala. 10Balaveeraiah was born in Gangaraja family with Ramaiah and Lakshmamma in Gootibayalu. He was a friend of Narayana, who was a brother of Thimmamma. He married Puttamma. 11The Ganga kings were small Independent local rulers. They came from Penugonda and settled in Gootibailu village. They maintained small army. They were under the control of Vijayanagara kings. Gurrala Botu (Horse fort) was the main artillery center. Kumara Mallapa Naidu, the Parupatyadar of Kokkanti appreciated the greatness of Balaveeraiah during the war between Turaka Dandu or Turkish dacoits. They were the devotees of Lord Shiva. 12Eddula Ramananda Reddy, Eddula (2003): the History of Sri Thimmamamba (History & Society), Chowde palli, Vijayavani Printers. www.ijmer.in 154 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 13Devadasi (servant of god or goddess) system is a religious practice in parts of Southern India, including Andhra, whereby parents marry a daughter to a deity or a temple. The marriage usually occurs before the girl reaches puberty and requires the girl to become a prostitute for upper-caste community members. Devadasis had a high status in society, but this system was disappeared from 1988 onwards. 14Leprosy also known as ‘Hansen’s disease’ is long term infection by the bacteria mycobacterium leprae. The symptoms are Granulomas of the nerves, respiratory tract, skin and eyes, as a result patient loosed lack ability, to feel pain, loss of parts, weakness and poor eyesight, its spread between people. 15In the course of time, the fort house of Ganagaraja family became the place of living plants and animals. Later, the family members were also migrated from that place due to Thimmamma curse. Now the Andhra Pradesh government declared this fort as a protected monument under the control of the Archeology Department. It was the symbol of Ganagraja’s history. 16 A system in which woman was burned on the pyre of her husband. Sati is an absolute Hindu funereal custom, where a widow immolates herself on her husband’s pyre or commits suicide after her husband’s death. It was practiced from forth century BC to eighteenth century A.D, but the British government was banned in 1829. 17The Parupatyagar was a representative of the king or a governor in a locality. He functioned as the government chief tax collector in his locality. He also served as the channel of communication between his locality and the king. 18 In the course of time, the tree was fallen down during the rainy season in 1935. 19 Eddula Ramananda Reddy, pp. 20-40. 20 Verghese, Anila (2001): “Memorial Stones”, in John M. Fritz and George Michell (editors), New Light on Hampi: Recent Research at Vijayanagara, p.41 21 John Stratton Howley, John (1994): Sati, the Blessings and the Curse: the Burning of Wives in India, pp.150-151. www.ijmer.in 155 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 22Chitravathi and Papagni are the tributaries of the Penna River. It started from Karnataka and flows into Andhra Pradesh. 23 South India (A Journey into Peninsular India), 2006, p.295. 24 Sakshi Anantapuram District News Paper, 24th October, 2015, p.8 25Vana Samrakshana project started by Government of Andhra Pradesh and appointed Vana Samrakshana Samithis for protection and development of degraded forests through joint forest management. The local people, who depend on forests, were participated in the committees. GO.Ms.No.21 Dated, 05/03/1998, Forest Department, Government of Andhra Pradesh. pp.1-3 26Thirumala Thirupati Devastanams are located in Chittor district of Andhra Pradesh. Tirumala Sri Lord Venkateshwara Swamy temple is very famous in the world. References: Nilakanta Sastri, K.A (2002): History of South India from Prehistoric times to the Fall of Vijayanagar, New Delhi. Ramananda Reddy, Eddula (2003): The History of Sri Thimmamamba (History & Society), (Telugu medium). Stein, Burton (1989): The New Cambridge History of India: Vijayanagara, Cambridge. www.ijmer.in 156 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 FACTORS AFFECTING THE SAVING BEHAVIOR OF HOUSEHOLDS IN URBAN AREAS OF ILU ABA BOR ADMINISTRATIVE ZONE 1Fitsum Fissiha (MSc), 2Lemesa Diriba (MSc), 3*Sekata Kenea, MBA, Ph. D Scholar, 4Zigale Matebie (MSc) Mettu University, Faculty of Business and Economics, Department of Accounting and Finance Abstract This study was conducted on the factors that affect the saving behavior of urban households in Ilu Ababor zone. Ilu Ababor zone is located in Oromia region, Ethiopia. The study employed both questionnaire and interview to collect primary data. The method used for sampling of households was simple random sampling in which table of random numbers was used to select the households included in the study from the five town; namely, Mettu, Gore, Hurumu, Yayo and Bedelle towns. Accordingly, sample size of 392 out of 19634 total population has been included in the study. The collected data was analyzed using SPSS. The findings of the study show that the income of households is the major determinant of saving level of households. Therefore, the government should strive to increase the income of households by giving training and giving other opportunities. Key words: Saving behavior, households, urban area 1. Introduction The business dictionary (www.businessdictionary.com) defines savings as the portion of disposable income not spent on the consumption of consumer goods, but accumulated or invested – directly in capital equipment, by paying off a home mortgage or indirectly through the purchase of securities. The other form of saving is through putting money aside by saving it in a bank or financial services provider, investing in a pension plan or in other forms of income – generating investments. Elbadawi & Mwega (2000) state that, empirical studies conducted over time have indicated that domestic saving and investment are highly correlated. It is recognized that saving is an important factor in economic development as it enables the conversion of resources into capital. Strong saving performance is crucial for www.ijmer.in 157 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 macroeconomic balance and for the maintenance of financial (inflation) and price stability (exchange rate). Savings is beneficial for the economy as a whole and thus also for the citizens of the country. Sekgobela (2004) states adequate savings are important for capital formation and have a direct impact on economic growth, and as such are vital for achieving macroeconomic stability. There is a lack of adequate domestic savings in most developing countries and as a result, more reliance is placed on foreign savings in the form of capital flows into the country. The issue of low levels of domestic savings is a major problem in developing states due to high levels of unemployment, low wages, the engagement of a large proportion of the population in the informal sector, and poor performance of the economy. Prinsloo (2000) states that, the low level of domestic saving limits the country’s rate of investment; restrain the rate of economic growth and make the country more vulnerable to international capital shifts. The act of saving is influenced by several variables like the perception of saving of those who save, their assessment of its costs and benefits, their age, family size and structure, objectives or motivations for saving, environment etc. Different households perceive saving differently. For some, saving is money reserved for future needs, whereas for some others it is surplus of income over expenditure and for still others it is purchase of land, construction of buildings, consumer durables or other household goods. When saving is perceived as money reserved for future needs it implies a deliberate decision behind saving, rather than being a residue. This deliberate decision on the part of the households to save for meeting the future needs depend on many factors including, the determinants of saving which includes the factors that affect both the ability to save and the willing to save. So, the objectives of this study was to identify the factors that affect the behavior of households towards saving in selected urban households of Ilu Aba Bor Zone namely Mettu, Gore, Hurumu, Yayo and Bedele towns. 1.2Statement of the problem Understanding the nature of household savings behavior is critical in designing policies to promote savings and investment. Given the differences in the economic environment of the developing and www.ijmer.in 158 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 industrial countries, there should be substantial variation in the household behavior (Muradoglu and Taskin, 1996). The close relation between savings and growth makes the analysis of savings behavior naturally important for policy analysis. Savings behavior shows considerable variation across countries depending upon level of development and socio-economic structure and so one cannot be sure whether the results of a region or country under study may be applicable to a particular country or region of interest. It is evident that, saving is an important variable at national, private and household levels in contributing for economic growth (Schults, 2005; Nga, 2007). However, low saving has been a dominant feature of many developing countries (Deaton, 2005; Zhu, 2004). In Ethiopia, the average rate of gross domestic savings during the year of 1980 to 2012 was 12.4% of GDP creating the average resource gap of 6.1% during these years (EIA, 2012). Even though saving is an important variable that can enhance the productive capacity of the households, very few studies (Abu, 2004; Degu, 2007; Kidane, 2010) have been conducted to assess household saving behavior in Ethiopia. Even, none of these studies have addressed the saving behavior of households in selected urban areas of ILU ABA BOR zone. This gap motivates the researchers to conduct research on factors that affects the saving behavior of households in the selected urban towns of ILU ABABOR administrative Zone as our study area. Accordingly, the present study was aimed at investigating some socio economic and demographic factors concerning household savings of various income groups and also to accomplish comparison among them. 1.3 Objective of the study 1.3.1 General objective The general objective of the study was to examine the factors affecting saving behavior of households in selected urban towns of Ilu Aba Bor Zone. 1.3.2 Specific objectives In addition to the general objectives, the study would have the following specific objectives www.ijmer.in 159 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 To assess the relationship between the level of income and household saving. To investigate the relationship between age and household saving To examine the relationship between educational level of households and their saving habit. To evaluate the impact of family size on household saving. To assess the effect of dependents on household saving. To examine the impact of credit availability by financial institutions on saving behavior of households. To evaluate the relationship between marital status and saving level of households 1.4 Hypothesis The following testable hypotheses were developed by the researchers H1: The income level of household is directly related to saving. H2: There is a positive relationship between age and household saving H3: Educational level has positive impact on household saving. H4: There is an inverse relationship between family size and household saving H5: Dependency ratio is inversely related to household saving. H6: Credit availability discourages household saving. H7: Marital status has positive relationship with saving level of households. 2. Research Methodology Research Design The design of the research would be survey design because it is justifiable rationale for conducting an explanatory study and more likely to favor survey than others (Yin, 1989). Survey design provides a quantitative or numeric description of trends, attitudes, or opinions of a population by studying a sample of that population. The researchers wish to collect data for the purpose of identifying factors affecting the www.ijmer.in 160 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 saving behavior of households of selected urban areas of Ilu Aba Bor zone. 3.1 Sources of Data In order to conduct this research, both qualitative and quantitative data would be employed as the research seeks to illustrate the determinant factors of household saving behavior in selected urban areas of the zone. In order to find the necessary qualitative and quantitative data, the study would use both primary and secondary data sources. Primary source of data would be collected in order to obtain the necessary information which helps us in reaching the constructive findings in relation to the determinants of household saving behavior. Secondary source of data would be collected from different books, relevant documents, journal and articles and different websites. 3.2 Sampling Technique and Sample size The target population of the study was households of selected urban areas of Ilu Aba Bor Zone: namely, Mettu, Gore, Hurumu, Yayo and Bedele towns. These urban areas were selected, because, they can be easily accessed and since they are found on the main road of Addis Ababa- Mettu- Gambella. To select the sample from the population, the researchers used probability sampling techniques. That is simple random sampling technique is employed to reduce bias. Conducting the research on all the households of the above mentioned towns would be difficult due to budget and time; therefore, it becomes imperative to limit the scope of the research on some of household heads representing the population. From a target population of 19,634 households living in the selected towns, 392 household heads would be taken as a sample (National statistical document, 2007). Sample size is determined using the simplified formula developed by Yemane (1967) at 95% confidence level, 5% degree of variability. n = (∈) Where, n is the sample size N is total population under the study www.ijmer.in 161 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 ∈ is the error term or degree of variability. n = = ( . ) Table 1: proportional representation of the sample from the total population Name of Number of Proportion(x) Sample Quota of the towns household size(y) sample size (x*y) Mettu 8,475 8475/19634 392 170 Gore 2,623 2623/19634 392 52 Hurumu 1,309 1309/19634 392 26 Yayo 1,972 1972/19634 392 39 Bedele 5,255 5255/19634 392 105 Total 19,634 392 Source: National statistical document, 2007 and researchers’ own computation Methods of Data Collection Questionnaires and interview were used to collect sufficient information about households saving behavior in the selected urban areas of Ilu Aba Bor zone. Close ended questionnaires have been prepared by the researchers and distributed, and collected by enumerators under the close supervision of the researchers. However, before the distribution and collection of data, the enumerators have been hired and given short training. In addition to this, semi-structured interview has been prepared and conducted with managers or experts of financial institutions, specifically commercial bank of Ethiopia and Oromia saving and credit S.C located in the selected towns since they can easily be accessed by households of the research areas. The questionnaires have been distributed to only household heads living in the selected areas. The main reason for using questionnaires was to make respondents free in giving their ideas and suggestions relating to saving behavior of households. www.ijmer.in 162 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 3.4 Research model Figure 1: diagram representation of dependent and independent variables Source: researchers’ design To empirically test the relationship between the dependent and independent variables presented in the diagram, particularly whether β is statistically significantly different from zero, the following multiple linear regression model was applied. The model is stated by the following formula: = + + + + + + + +∈ Where, S = household saving β = the value to be calculated by SPSS software IL = income level FS = family size DR = Dependency Ratio EL = educational level www.ijmer.in 163 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 A = age CA = Credit availability MS = Marital status ∈ = error term 3.5 Method of Data Analysis In this study, to analyze the collected data, descriptive, correlation and multiple linear regression data analysis methods have been employed. The descriptive statistics was used to quantitatively describe the important features of the variables using tables, figures, percentage, frequency, cross tabulation, and standard deviations. The correlation analysis would be used to identify the relationship between the independent and dependent variables using Pearson correlation analysis. The correlation analysis shows only the degree of association between variables. Therefore, multiple linear regression analysis has also been used to test the hypothesis and to explain the relationship between the determinants, variables and saving behavior of household. SPSS software, version 20 was used for analysis of the data collected from the respondents. 4. Result and Discussion Use of monthly income Frequency Percen Valid Cumulativ t Percent e Percent Valid food items 255 65.1 65.7 65.7 housing 78 19.9 20.1 85.8 purpose recreation 4 1.0 1.0 86.9 others 51 13.0 13.1 100.0 Total 388 99.0 100.0 Missing system 4 1.0 Total 392 100.0 Source: questionnaire, 2016 www.ijmer.in 164 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Table 4.8 revealed that, about 255(66%) of the respondents spend their monthly income for the purpose of food items; 78(20%) of the household heads used their income for the purpose of housing while 51(13%) of the respondents responded that they spent their income for other which did not listed explicitly. The rest 4 (1%) of the sample respondents spent their income for the purpose of recreation. This implies that majority of the respondents spend their income for the purpose of covering food items. So, it leads to reduce the saving level of the households because it does not generate income. Figure 4.3 if respondents have ever saved a portion of their income Source: questionnaire, 2016 Figure 4.3 shows that 78.06% of the respondents answered that they had saved some amount of money; however, 20.15% of them said that they didn’t save any money in the near past. This indicates that 20.15% of the populations in the study area do not save any money out of their earnings, which is a serious problem. In order to get out of poverty, everyone shall save some amount of money from what he/she earns. If that is the case, small amount of money will be large in a long period of time which will be invested to get profit out of it. Nevertheless, if people consume all the money earned like the case in point, poverty continues to exist and people will continue to live under poverty line. www.ijmer.in 165 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Table 4.9 place where people save their money Frequenc Percent Valid Cumulative y Percent Percent banks 277 70.7 75.7 75.7 micro 19 4.8 5.2 80.9 finance Valid iqub 48 12.2 13.1 94.0 iddir 22 5.6 6.0 100.0 Total 366 93.4 100.0 Missing system 26 6.6 Total 392 100.0 Source: questionnaire, 2016 Table 4.9 demonstrates that most of the respondents, 277(75.7%) of them save in banks. Only 48(12.2%), 22(5.6%) 19(4.8%) of them save in iqub, iddir and microfinance institutions, respectively. When we categorize as modern and traditional saving places, 296(81%) of the respondents save their money in modern financial institutions whereas only 70(19%) of them save in traditional saving methods. This implies that most of the population in the study area use modern financial institutions to put their money in in the form of saving. This is one step forward but still some people were not using modern financial institutions which may expose them to different forms of exploitation of their money because of lack of formality and legality. Table 4.11 Frequency of saving Freque Percen Valid Cumulativ ncy t Percent e Percent When extra ordinary income 83 21.2 22.4 22.4 earned Valid regularly from main source of 185 47.2 49.9 72.2 income www.ijmer.in 166 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 sometimes from 99 25.3 26.7 98.9 regular income Total 371 94.6 100.0 Missi System 21 5.4 ng Total 392 100.0 Source: questionnaire, 2016 As one can observe from table 4.11, many of the respondents, 185(50%) save their money regularly from their main source of income; however, 99(26.7%) of them save sometimes from their regular income. On the other hand, 83(22.4%) of them save money only when they earn extra- ordinary income. This shows that a portion of the households in the study areas save money only when there is extra-ordinary income which is not commonly and easily earned as well as which is not predictable. The other portion also save only sometimes from regular income. This in turn indicates that some households do not save regularly from their main source of income having set predetermined objectives. Table 4.14: The available credit and demand for credit are balanced Frequency Percent Valid Cumulative Percent Percent yes 41 10.5 10.6 10.6 Valid no 346 88.3 89.4 100.0 Total 387 98.7 100.0 Missing System 5 1.3 Total 392 100.0 Questionnaire, 2016 As it can be observed from table 4.14, only 10.6% said that the available credit & demand for credit balance. The remaining 89.4% said that the available credit and demand for credit didn’t match. This shows that the available credit and demand for credit didn’t balance each other. www.ijmer.in 167 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Figure 4.6 Whether Bank credit has negative influence on saving Questionnaire, 2016 Figure 4.6 demonstrates that 78.74% of the respondents answered that the availability of bank credit does not have negative influence on their saving level. On the contrary, 21.3% of them replied that availability of bank credit negatively affects their saving behavior. From this analysis, one can infer that availability of bank credit does not have negative influence the saving level of many of the households. Regression Analysis Table 4.15 Model Summary Model R R Square Adjusted R Std. Error of Square the Estimate 1 .777a .603 .590 .721 a. Predictors: (Constant), term. of. employment, Age, work .status, Marital. status, income. increase. decision, monthly. income, family. size, Educational. level, Cosumption www.ijmer.in 168 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Table 4.15 shows that R square is 60.3%. This indicates that more than 60% of the determinants of saving level have been included in the group of independent variables. Since the study was based on primary data, the model is appropriate for the study. Table 4.16 ANOVAa Model Sum of df Mean F Sig. Squares Square Regression 188.350 8 23.544 45.260 .000b 1 Residual 123.804 238 .520 Total 312.154 246 b. Predictors: (Constant), term.of.employment, Age, work.status, Marital.status, income.increase.decision, monthly.income, family.size, Educational.level Table 4.16 shows that the relationship between independent variables and dependent variable. The saving level is significant at 0.000 in general. The relationship of independent variables with the dependent variable is shown in table 4.17. Table 4.17 Coefficients Coefficientsa Standardiz ed Unstandardized Coefficient Coefficients s Model B Std. Error Beta t Sig. 1 (Constant) .212 .500 .425 .672 Family size -.025 .040 -.048 -.641 .522 Educational level -.011 .058 -.013 -.191 .849 Marital status .147 .086 .104 1.715 .088 www.ijmer.in 169 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Age .017 .035 .035 .485 .628 Monthly income .549 .051 .732 10.811 .000 Dependency ratio -.015 .110 -.008 -.141 .888 Available credit -.015 .199 -.004 -.074 .941 a. Dependent Variable: saving level Table 4.17 demonstrates the relationship of the independent variables with the dependent variable. Therefore, this enables the researchers to test the hypotheses stated already. H1: The income level of household is directly related to saving. The hypothesis is accepted because the table shows that there is a strong relationship between income and saving level. That is when income increases by 1 birr, the saving level of households’ increases by 0.549 birr. H2: there are positive relation between age and household saving. The hypothesis is accepted but the relationship that exists is very week. That is when age increases by 1 year, the saving level increases only by 1.7%. H3: Educational level has positive impact on household saving. This hypothesis is rejected because negative relationship is observed from the collected data. The theory shows that education level has positive relationship with saving level in many studies. However, our survey shows the reverse showing that educational level has an inverse but very week relationship with the saving level of households. That is when the education level increase by one rank, the saving level decreases by 1.1%. H4: there is an inverse relationship between family size and household saving. The hypothesis is accepted because when family size increased by one individual, the saving level of the household will decrease by 2.5%. H5: dependency ratio is inversely related to household saving. The hypothesis is accepted because one can see from the table that as per one dependent, the saving level of household is decreased by 1.5%. www.ijmer.in 170 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 H6: credit availability discourages household saving. The hypothesis is rejected because the t-value is almost zero showing that credit availability does not affect the saving level of households. H7: marital status has positive relationship with saving level of households. The hypothesis is accepted because the relationship between marital status and saving level is relatively higher next to income level of households. 5. Conclusion Ilubabor zone is located in Western Oromia, region. The focus of the study was the saving behavior of urban households of Ilubabor Zone. As a study area, it covered five towns of this zone, namely: Mettu, Bedelle, Yayo, Hurumu and Gore towns. After analyzing and summarizing the response of the respondents, the researchers forwarded the following conclusion. When term of employment is compared with the saving level of households, temporary employed people save less than that of permanently employed people. Although the reason was not clearly stated, they should have saved more because they may be laid off or lose their job since it is temporary employment. The other point of conclusion is that many people in the study area use their monthly income for consumption rather than for saving. Because of this fact, majority of the households were found to save less than 500 birr per month. Even though the saving behavior of the households in the study area is found to be weak, income is found to have positive relationship with saving level. That is when income increases; the saving level of households also increases. It is stated that majority of the income of households in the study area was being consumed. In addition, from consumption items, food takes the major share of household’s consumption of income. Surprisingly, some households never saved money at all in the near past although many of them saved in modern financial institutions and few of them saved in traditional money saving methods. However, among these households who saved money www.ijmer.in 171 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 in the near past, many of them saved by putting money aside in the form of cash. Although many of the households who save money save regularly, some of them save only when they get extra ordinary income. Finally, the demand for credit of the households in the study area was greater than that of the credit currently made available. In addition, it was concluded that availability of credit by banks, etc. does not negatively affect the saving level of households. 6. Recommendations Depending on the analysis and interpretation, summary and conclusion performed above, the researchers would like to forward the following recommendations to help the concerned bodies improve the saving level of the households in the study area specifically and in the country generally. 1. The government should give appropriate awareness on saving to households, especially to the temporary employed ones. 2. Currently many of the households use their income for consumption. Therefore, banks, microfinance institutions and saving & credit associations should teach them to save their money in their institutions. 3. It was found that income determines the saving level of households positively. Therefore, the government should strive to increase the income of households by giving training and giving other opportunities. 4. It was concluded that majority of the income of households was spent on food. One of the reason for this may be the income is very small. Therefore, the government should work to produce more than the current production so that the price would be lesser. It should also work to give different opportunities to the households to increase their income. 5. If people do not save at all, they will not have anything and therefore they will continue to be poorer and poorer. In this study it was found that there were households who do not save at all. Therefore, the www.ijmer.in 172 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 government should give awareness to households to save some portion of their income irrespective of the amount of income they earn. 6. Currently, the demand for credit is greater than the credit made available in the market. Therefore, the government should facilitate additional credit facilities since it was found that the availability of credit doesn’t negatively affect the saving level of households. Reference Abu G (2004). Determinants of Domestic Saving in Ethiopia. Prepared for the Second International Conference on the Ethiopian Economy. Ethiopian Economic Association Retrieved July 17, 2013 from http://www.scribd.com/doc/53352267/Abu- Girma-Determinants-Domestic-savings-in-Eth. Deaton A (2005). Franco Modigliani and the Life Cycle Theory of consumption. Banca Nazionale Del Lavoro Quarterly Review. Degu A (2007). Households savings behavior and Determinants of savings in Rural Savings and credit cooperatives in selected Districts of Western Amhara region, Ethiopia. An MSc Thesis Presented to the School of Graduate Studies of Haramaya University. P.135 EIA (Ethiopian Investment Agency) (2012). Ethiopian Investment Guide, Adiss Abeba, Ethiopia. (online) available: http//www.ethiopianembassy.org/PDF/Investment_Guide_2010. pdf (downloaded on 05 November 2016). Elbadawi I.A. and Mwega F.M. (2000) Can Africa’s Savings Collapse be Reversed? The World Bank Economic Review, 14(3): 415-43. Kidane B (2010).Determinants of Gross Domestic saving in Ethiopia: a Time Series Analysis. Study Mode.com Retrieved July 17,2013, from http://www.studymode.com/essays/Determinants_Of_Gross_Do mestic_saving_In_535269.html. Muradoglu and Taskin (1996) the difference in household savings in industrial and developing countries by using household data from U.N www.ijmer.in 173 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Nga MT (2007). An investigative analysis in to the saving behavior of poor households in Developing countries: with specific Reference South Africa. University of the western cape, south Africa. Prinsloo J.W. (2000) The saving behavior of the South African Economy, South African Reserve Bank.Occasional paper No.14. http://www.reservebank. co.za/internet/Publication.nsf/LADV/837 AC8394E3B8042256B6C003B92CA /$File/occ14fin.pdf (Accessed 01 November 2015) Schultz TP (2005). Demographic Determinants of savings: Estimating and Interpreting the Aggregate Associations in Asia. Discussion paper series IZA DP Yale University and IZA Bonn. P. 1479 Sekgobela S. (2004) Saving for stability, Growing pains. Mail & Guardian http://secure.rsaretailbonds.gov.za/MoreDetails.aspx?Newsld=1 2&News=T (Accessed 11 November 2015) nd Yemane T (1967). Statistics, an Introductory Analysis, 2 Ed., New York: Harper and Row. Zhu Q (2004). The Impact of Rural Enterprises on household savings in china. ZEF- discussion Papers on Development Policy Bonn, Germany. www.ijmer.in 174 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 www.ijmer.in 175 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 www.ijmer.in 176 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 www.ijmer.in 177 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 THE METAPHYSICS OF ADVAITA WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO ‘VEDĀNTA PRABODHA’ BY SWAMĪ PARAMĀNANDA BHĀRATĪ M. Jyothimani Ph.D., Research Scholar Department of Philosophy University of Madras, Chennai Abstract The philosophy of Advaita Vedānta, starting from Bādarāyaṇa, Gauḍapāda, through Śaṅkara up to the modern-day Védāntins, is replete with several philosophical riddles that elude the exact understanding of the basic tenets of the school. It is usually said that jagat is mithyā or illusory, where as its substratum, viz., Brahman is true. The attempts to support and habilitate the views of Ācārya Śaṅkara resulted in several prasthānas, like Vivaraṇa and Bhāmati, claiming to be his original teaching.The attempts to put forth the tenets of Advaita in a logical way brought about new problems which were not there in the writings/teachings of Śaṅkara, and that created new answers and theories which were not logically required as far as the original teachings were concerned. In this point, Swāmi Paramānanda Bhāratī came up with his work ‘Vedānta Prabodha’. In this paper, I am going to bring out the metaphysics of Śaṅkara Advaita which has been elaborately explained in the book ‘Vedānta Prabodha’ by Swāmi Paramānanda Bhāratī. Introduction The philosophy of Advaita based mainly on its Metaphysics. Ācārya Śaṅkarahas large number of disciples among them the four, Sureśvara, Padmapāda, Totaka and Hastāmalaka are very important in the tradition of Advaita. Advaita tradition has Prasthānakāras (the builders of the paths), 1. Prakāśātmāyāti whose Pañcapādika was the basic text for the Vivaraṇa school; 2. Vācaspati Miśra whose Bhāmati www.ijmer.in 178 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 became the source for a different prasthāna with large difference of opinion from the former. Based on these two schools, there were a lot of debates that went into the building up of the super-structure of the Advaita up to our times.The history of Advaita is thus largely the history of continual attempts at making Śaṅkara’s teachings “clear” to the readers. Such attempts have led to the arising of new problems and questions that originally did not exist in Śaṅkara, and also to equally new answers and theories that are not logically required by the original teaching. Thus, there has been a profusion of commentaries and supplementary works over the centuries, adding more heat than light in the process.It is at this juncture that Swāmi Paramānanda Bhāratī(hereafter SPB) enters the scene with his book ‘Vedānta Prabodha’(hereafter VP). Concept of Brahman In Advaita metaphysics, the concepts of ignorance and illusion are dealt with elaborately and their relationship with jīva, jagat and Īśvara are specifically mentioned. According to Advaita, Brahman is without any viśeṣa or characteristics and Śaṅkaramakes a profound observation that Brahman is nirvikāra (without any modification) as the source of all vikāras (modifications). SPB endorses this by the argument that if all guṇas must come from It, It must be nirguṇa. Is not light, which contains all colours, itself colourless? Is not clay which can assume all sorts of forms, itself formless? He is of the view that our imagination of the viśeṣaṇas in the case of Brahman is only because of our wrong understanding involved in our thinking ofname and form(nāmarūpa) as the upādhi of Brahman while they are non-different from it [VP, p. 67]. Therefore, when we get rid of this wrong understanding concerning nāmarūpa, we become aware that Brahman is nirviśeṣa in its svarūpa. That is why Śaṅkaraasserts that Brahman who is bereft of all viśeṣas is still the source of the world. www.ijmer.in 179 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 The understanding concerning the true nature of Brahman as always nirviśeṣa is what we arrive at only when we examine and reject our wrong view that there exists an acetana-jagat containing diverse objects endowed with infinite number of features for the enjoyment of the jīvas. This is precisely contested by SPB and for him this is totally wrong because varieties, change, activity, all pragmatic activities are attributed to Brahman who is always and forever devoid of all these. Such wrong attribution (adhyāropa) can no longer withstand along the knowledge of the true svarūpa of Brahman, because it will instantly stand withdrawn or be dropped. Such dropping of all wrong attribution is called apavāda. Thus, it becomes clear that all empirical world situations (vyavahāra) perceived by us are kalpitaor imagined. SPB is of the view that even when the vyavahāra connected with the mithyā jagat is being perceived by the senses, the awareness of the nirviśeṣa- svarūpa of Brahman is not missed. He compares this awareness to someone who sees the surface of the earth to be flat, but yet knows that the earth is spherical. While what serves as a cause can exist all by itself without necessarily giving rise to its effects, the effect cannot similarly exist by itself in the absence of its cause. The destruction of the cause is equal to the destruction of the effect. The destruction of the threads eventually leads to the destruction of the cloth that is made from them. Thus, the very being of the cloth (the effect) involves the being of the threads (the cause). Therefore, the effect (cloth) is non-different (ananya)from its cause (threads). In reality, the two are inseparable; they can be separated only in thought or imagination. If we separate them in reality, like separating all the threads in the cloth, then the cloth the (effect) disappears, but the threads (cause) do not disappear. They still continue to exist. Reflecting on this issue, SPB says that if the cause is destroyed, the effect does not exist at all. For example, if the cause, the threads, are removed from the effects, the cloth, there www.ijmer.in 180 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 will be no cloth at all. In the same way, if we remove from the thread, its cause called cotton fiber there will be no thread at all. That means, the effect is non-different (ananya) from the cause. But even when the effect is destroyed, the cause continues to exist. For example, even when the cloth is destroyed, the threads continue to exist. Even when these threads are destroyed, the cotton fibers continue to exist. That means, the cause is different (anya) from its effect [VP, p. 47]. It has been all along understood that Brahman is the trans- figurative material cause of the world. Very like the above statement on the ananyatva of cause and effect, Śaṅkaraalso makes another profound statement about Brahman and the world. Its runs as follows: “Though the world is of the same nature (svabhāva) as Brahman, Brahman is not of the same svabhāva as the world.” (brahmasvabhāvo hi prapañco na prapañcasvabhāvam brahma,Brahmasūtraśaṅkarabhāsya(hereafter BSSB), 3.2.21,). Śaṅkara uses the expression “forbidding any cause that is different from Brahman” brahma-viparītakāraõa-niṣedha, BSSB, 1.1.12, p.27). From this it turns out that the world cannot be different in nature from Brahman for Śaṅkara (it cannot be sadasadvilakśana) exactly like the jīva which cannot be different in nature from Brahman. This idea of “not being different” (ananya) in nature from Brahman is not exactly the same as applied to the cases of jīva, Īśvara and prapañca respectively. While commenting on Brahmasūtra 1.1.2, Śaṅkaramakes it absolutely clear that the world which is the effect of Brahman (brahmakārya) arises from (sṛùti), exists in (sthiti) and dissolves into (laya) Brahman. In all these three states the world is non-different from Brahman. Since the world clearly exists now, it may not be hard to accept its non-difference from Brahman. But a question may arise: before it is created and after it is destroyed in pralaya, that is, when it does not exist at all, is the world still non-different from Brahman? Answering such a question, SPB contends that the world must have www.ijmer.in 181 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 existed even before it was created because what did not exist at all cannot subsequently come into existence. Likewise, what exists now must continue to exist even if it does not appear to us anymore because what exists cannot be destroyed. Citing many an example from Śaṅkarawith his illustrations SPB states that we have no alternative but to accept the ananyatva of the world from Brahman. In a nutshell, SPB argues that the ananyatva concept requires that the effect conceived as being identical with the cause is acceptable to Śruti and the effect conceived as being different from its cause is imagined (kalpita). One and Many – The Interplay of Māyā in Vedānta All Advaitins believe that Brahman, which is one becomes many. The question is how can one become many and how can cetana-brahma create an acetana-jagat out of itself? SPB thinks that the connection between such diametric opposites is generally established in any system only with the help of a special kind of power which is quite objective and real and not just the imagination of anyone. The concept of māyā is accepted by Advaita to address this question. SPB quotes Śaṅkarawho seems to hold that māyā is a special power of Brahman which shows itself differently and also functions differently.He says that without this māyāśakti, Parameśvara cannot become the creator. Devoid of this power, he cannot initiate the process of creation. (na hi taya vina parameśvarasya srastṛtvam siddhyati, śaktirahitasya tasya pravṛttyanupapatteþ, BSSB, 1.4.3.). This māyāśakti is also non-different (ananya) from Brahman (śaktiśaktimato ananyatvāt, Bhagavadgītabhāsya, 14.27, Bhagavadgītaśaṅkarabhāsya(hereafterBGSB)). SPB is of the view that the creation done by Brahman through māyāśakti is not eternal (nitya) though this māyāśakti itself is eternal. This eternity of māyāfollows from the eternity of Īśvara himself and his www.ijmer.in 182 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 prakçtis like parā and aparā (BGSB, 13.19). It is unquestionable thatĪśvara also has eternal knowledge (nitya-jñāna) concerning creation, maintenance and destruction of the world (BSSB, 1.1.5) all of which are caused by his śakti and none of which are accidental. SPB observes that while the anirvacanīyatva of māyāis rooted in the ananyatva ofśakti and śakta, the anirvacanīyatva of nāmarūpa is rooted in the ananyatva of cause and effect. Māyā is upādhi to Brahman only fromvyavahāradṛùñi and from the point of view of svarūpa it is non-different from Brahman [VP, p.80]. His rhetorical question: “When the world which is an effect of Brahma-māyā is itself non-different from Brahman, how can brahma-māyā itself be not non-different from Brahman?’ entirely settles whatever doubts that may still linger in the reader’s mind. Māyā is spoken of as upādhi of Brahman which sums to say that it is different from Brahman. It is also told that māyā is anirvacanīya, i.e., that it cannot be described either as Brahman or as something different from Brahman. At still another stage māyā is described as something really non-different from Brahman. Is this not fundamental inconsistency in description? [VP, p. 83]. SPB answers this objection saying that the description of māyā as upādhi and anirvacanīya are both done keeping in view the needs and state of the practitioner, the sādhaka. The third description of māyā as ananya from Brahman is the description of what it really is. The sādhaka in the early stages knows that Brahman is only the nimiññakāraõa of the world. Therefore, he looks upon māyā as an upādhi or a material adjunct of Brahman. When he progresses in his quest and hears the Śastra declaring māyā to be the śakti of Brahman, due to the persistence of his earlier thinking, develops the ambivalent view that māyā is really indescribable (anirvacanīya). When he progresses even further he develops the capacity to renounce upādhibuddhi which is responsible for all vyavahāra. Thus, when he frees himself and contemplates on māyā, he www.ijmer.in 183 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 has the realization of its ananyatva with Brahman. Only this realization constitutes correct knowledge (yathārtha-jñāna) about māyā; the earlier thinking that māyā is anirvacaniya is doubtful cognition (samśaya-jñāna) about it; and the thinking about māyā as upādhi of Brahman is just wrong knowledge (mithyā-jñāna) about it [VP, p. 84]. The Ontological Status of the World World seems to have an independent reality. SPB says that our wrong knowledge (mithyā-jñāna) about the world consists in our identifying it as an independent existent and not as Brahman itself. The object of such reference (jñeya) of such wrong knowledge is what is called “mithyā.” Śaṅkaradistinguished between satyam (truth) and anṛtam (falsity) in the following way: “Once determined to be of a certain form, what never deviates from that form, is the truth; and once determined to be of a certain form, what deviates from that form is falsity.” (satyām iti yadrūpena yanniscitam tadrūpam na vyabhicarati tat satyam. yadrūpena niscitam yattadrūpam vyabhicarati anṛtam ityucyate, Taittirīyopanisadbhāsya, 2.1.). In this sense, only Brahman is satyam and the world of names and forms which is an appearance of Brahman (as deviating from its original vikāra-rahita-svarūpa) is anṛtam (falsity or asatyam). It must be noted that this anṛta-prapañca is even bound to Brahman, its sole cause, by a tādātmya relation. When the world is created, it varies from the nirvikāra-svarūpa of Brahman and becomes manifest. Later on it becomes unmanifest at the time of dissolution. Thus, it never keeps to one single form from which it does not deviate. This is the reason for and analysis of its asatyatva or falsity. But “mithyā jagat” is very different. It is the world believed to be existing quite independently, all by itself. Since nothing can exist independently of Brahman according to Śaṅkara, such an independent world is purely the work of imagination (kalpita) and never exists in www.ijmer.in 184 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 reality. Due to ignorance (avidyā), if the world of names and forms which always exists with a tadātmya relation to Brahman is wrongly believed, to be existing as an independent entity, such a world is mithyā. The outcome of all this explanation according to SPB is that “if the distinctive meaning of the words “asatyam” or “anṛtam”,“mithyā” and “anirvacanīya” are clearly understood, one does not need any clutches of clever arguments for a right understanding of the bhāùyas of Śaïkara” [VP, p. 93]. Avidyā and Its Role in Advaita The usual question raised in Advaita is whether māyā and avidyā are the same or different. There is also an equally important question as to where they are located - in Brahman or in the jīvas. SPB says that “in Advaita, the ignorance of the jīvaabout himself is called avidyā. The terms ajñāna and agrahaõa also mean the same thing. This is the clear and unambiguous description of avidyā. It is neither different nor more than this” [VP, p. 144]. SPB is of the view that avidyā paves the way for the wrong understanding about oneself. This wrong understanding alone is “adhyāsa.” That is also what is meant by grasping as otherwise (anyathā-grahana). In this way, adhyāsa is nothing but a consequence of avidyā[VP, p. 144]. Because of avidyā, instead of seeing himself as nirvikāra-brahma, he sees himself as the body, mind, senses etc., which he is not. Thus,adhyāsa is the thinking of something as what it really is not (atasmin tadbuddhiþ). Any identification of anything by any jīva, say, as his body, his mind, his wife, his other belongings, that is, any such act of adhyāsa which isthe result of avidyā requires objects like body, mind etc., on which superimposition is done. But such objects are not made by that jīva. All objects in the world are created by māyāsakti of the Brahman for the jīvatowork out his individual karma. Thus, the world is not only www.ijmer.in 185 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 the basis for sa§sāra-vyavahāra but it also paves way towards mokṣa. That is why Śaṅkarasays: “If Brahman had not made the world at all, the nirvikārasvarūpa of Brahman would not have become known at all” [VP, p. 147]. There has been a discussion in Advaita that avidyāis positive since it is the cause of the world. There is another similar concept called adhyāsa or mis-identification. It can be seen from the writings of Śaṅkarathat adhyāsa is positive (bhavarūpa) but ajñāna or avidyā which is responsible for it cannot be positive. The mis-identification of a snake as a rope is indeed a positiveidentification, but just a wrong one. But the ignorance which is responsible for this is nothing more than mere absence of the correct knowledge of what is there. Only because there is no knowledge, there is a resultant mis-identification. This absence (of correct knowledge) is just there, it is not caused by anything else. Śaṅkarasays that such avidyāis not a natural feature of Ātman (sā ca avidyānātmanaþ svabhāvikodharmaþ, Bṛhadāraṅyakopaniṣadbhāṣya, 4. 3. 20). That is why, if avidyāis there, it can be destroyed simply by bringing in vidyā (knowledge) in its place. Śaṅkarasays that if avidyā were to be of a positive (existence) nature (bhavarūpa), this kind of total and absolute destruction would not have been possible at all because “it is impossible for existent entities to get destroyed without a trace” (nahibhāvanām niranvayo nirūpākhyo vināsaþ sambhavati, BSSB, 2. 2.22). Since avidyāis a pure and simple absence, it is obvious that there cannot be any cause that brought it about. If there is avidyā now, it is only because it was there even before. Thus,avidyā emerges as a beginning-less (anādi) entity. If we postulate a beginning for avidyā, it can only be when Brahman lost his vidyā-svarūpa because avidyāis the absence of vidyā. Since vidyā is the very svarūpa of Brahman, its loss anywhere and at any time is impossible and unthinkable because such a loss would make Brahman lose his own brahmatva and thus cease to www.ijmer.in 186 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 exist altogether. Such beginning-less avidyāmust also be endless because even when one jīvadestroys his own avidyā and attains m¢kṣa, there still exist innumerable jīvas that remain deluded. In contradistinction with avidyā, māyā is eternal and the cycles of creations and dissolutions too must go on endlessly because avidyā can come to an end in individuals, but collectively it exists for ever. There has been a lot of discussion on the location of avidyā. In dealing with this question, SPB uses one of famous quotations from Śaṅkara: “Although jīvais of the nature of Brahman, Brahman is not of the nature of jīva” [VP, p. 158]. Since avidyāis found in the jīvaand since Brahman is not by its very nature a jīva, avidyā must belong only to jīva. Just as māyā belongs to Brahman, avidyā belongs to jīva. The world, which Brahman creates through his māyā-sakti is basically real and is non-different from Brahman. Therefore,this world is not mithyā. There is another world which the jīvaimagines through his avidyā and that world is mithyā. Therefore, it becomes necessary to understand what “avidyākalpita” means. Śaṅkarasays: “That which can be found to be unsubstantial (literally, “not-a-thing” or “avastu”) with the help of vidyā” (anyasya ca avidyākçtatve vidyayā avastutvadarśanopapattiþ, Taittirīyopaniṣad-bhāṣya, 2. 8. 5). In this context SPB says: “… … but the world continues to appear even to the one who has attained vidyā – it appears as brahma-māyā. Therefore, it is impossible for the world to be mithyā. But the ignorant person does not know the world as it really is, namely, as Brahman but knows it as not-Brahman (anātman) [VP, p. 165]. There is a good reason why the world of names and forms has consistently been described in two ways in the Śastras: at times, it is said to be avidyākalpita; at other times it is said to be of the same svarūpa as Brahman. When the world is looked at only as an effect with no attention paid to its cause (indicated as “kārya-dṛùñi” by SPB), it is www.ijmer.in 187 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 as the tree of samsāra … … dream, mirage-water, gandharva-nagara and so on. These are such that the moment the truth about them is seen, they altogether cease to be (“dṛùña-naùña-svarūpa” as Śaṅkarasays). This is avidyākalpita. But when the same world is looked at from the point of view of its cause (indicated as “kāranadṛùñi” by SPB) it is Brahman alone and nothing else. Śaṅkaraputs the whole thing in a nutshell by saying: “Therefore anātmatva is imagined only by avidyā, and nothing ever exists as different from Ātman” (tasmād avidyayaiva anātmatvam parikalpitamna tu paramārthata atmavyātirekenāsti kinchi, Bṛhadāranyakopanisadbhāsya, 2.4.14). One indisputable conclusion that SPB draws is that by arguments no one can legitimately identify māyā and avidyā. In section 12.20 of his work SPB gives a page-long table listing seventeen differences, big and small, between māyā and avidyā [VP, pp. 196-197]. Self and Its States SPB uses our common experience of deep sleep in a novel way to analyze the basic propositions of Advaita. He does this by pointing out that unless we tell another, or this other person tells us, there is no way our or others’ waking and dream experiences can become known to each other. If someone says he saw a certain strange animal in his waking or dream, we have to invariably ask him as to what it looked like in order to have some knowledge about it. If he does not choose to tell, we have no way of knowing. But the deep sleep experience is different. When a person reports that he slept deeply and knew nothing, we never ask what that deep sleep experience was like. This is because while our individual waking and dream experiences are specific to each one of us (they are “viśeṣa -darśanas” for each one of us according to Śaṅkarain Bṛhadāraõyakopaniùadbhāùya, 4.3.23), the deep sleep experience is not so. Therefore, “the Ātmanwho appears to be different in different creatures during the Jāgrat, loses the apparent www.ijmer.in 188 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 distinctions and stays undivided in suṣupti. Therefore, we need not ask to know the other’s experience of suṣupti. It is known without asking.” [VP, p. 212]. SPB also argues that in suṣupti “there is no adhyāsa but there is avidyā” [VP, p. 211]. This does not bring in any problem to him because he chooses to regard avidyā as nothing more than jñānābhāva. Avidyā exists in suṣupti just as much as it does in waking and dream. Since this avidyā does not lead to any kind of adhyāsa in suṣupti, there is no knowledge of any kind in that state. In suṣupti, the Self remains in its own svarūpa, but there is no realization of this because avidyā is still there. That is why one comes out of suṣupti just as ignorant as he was when he went into it. Deep sleep contains only very profound unawareness of one’s own svarūpa. If it did not, one would instantly get liberated upon entering that state and would also remain liberated ever after. References 1. Swami Paramananda Bharati, Vedanta Prabodha, Jnana Samvardhani Pratishthanam, Bangalore, 2014. 2. Srinivasa Rao, Advaita: A Contemporary Critique, Indian Council of Philosophical Research, New Delhi, 2012 3. Solomon A. Esther, Avidya- A Problem of Truth and Reality, Gujarat University, Ahmedabad, 1969. www.ijmer.in 189 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 EFFECTIVENESS OF ORIENTATION CUM DEMONSTRATION PROGRAMME ON KNOWLEDGE REGARDING COMPREHENSIVE NURSING CARE OF CABG PATIENTS AMONG NURSING STUDENTS POSTED IN CARDIAC UNIT AT A SELECTED HOSPITAL, VADODARA, GUJARAT Nisha Danny M.Sc Nursing Student, Sumandeep Nursing College, Sumandeep Vidyapeeth University, Piparia, Vadodara, Gujarat, India Prof. Ravindra H.N. Principal/H.O.D. of Medical Surgical Nursing, Sumandeep Nursing College, Sumandeep Vidyapeeth University, Piparia, Vadodara, Gujarat, India Mr. Kevin Christian Assistant Professor-Medical Surgical Nursing, Sumandeep Nursing College, Sumandeep Vidyapeeth University, Piparia, Vadodara, Gujarat, India ABSTRACT: Background of the study: Coronary artery bypass grafting (CABG) has become a standard method of treatment of significant coronary artery stenosis. Aims & Objectives: 1. Assess the pre-test knowledge score regarding comprehensive nursing care of CABG patients among nursing students posted in Cardiac Unit 2. Evaluate the effectiveness of orientation cum demonstration programme on knowledge regarding comprehensive nursing care of CABG among nursing students posted in cardiac unit by post-test. 3. Associate the selected demographic variables with the pre-test knowledge on comprehensive nursing care of CABG among nursing students posted in Cardiac Unit. Material and Methods: In this research study an evaluative research approach with pre-experimental design was used. Systematic probability random sampling was used to select the 115 samples of B.Sc. (N), P.B.B.Sc (N) & G.N.M students and data collection was done. Data was analysed by using descriptive and inferential statistics such as standard deviation, chi-square test and paired ‘t’ test. Results: The pre-test depicts that www.ijmer.in 190 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 prior to the administration of orientation cum demonstration programme, (35) 30.43% samples were having poor knowledge regarding comprehensive nursing care on CABG and (80) 69.57% of them were having average knowledge and 00% samples were having good knowledge level in particular study. The post-test depicts that after the administration of orientation cum demonstration programme, (87) 75.65% samples had good knowledge, (25) 21.74% samples had average knowledge and (3) 2.61% had poor knowledge level. Pre and post-tests reveals that post-test level of knowledge score were greater than pre-test of the study. Conclusion: The study findings reveals that orientation cum demonstration programme is highly effective in improving the knowledge of nursing students regarding comprehensive nursing care of CABG patients. Keywords: Comprehensive Nursing Care, CABG, orientation cum demonstration programme, nursing students, cardiac unit. INTRODUCTION Cardiovascular disease has become the leading cause of morbidity and mortality in India during the last 3 decades. The genetic predisposition and acquisition of traditional risk factors at a rapid rate as a result of urbanization seems to be the major cause. Coronary artery bypass grafting (CABG) has become a standard method of treatment of significant coronary artery stenosis. Achieving and maintaining health is a continuous process, shaped by both the evolution of health care knowledge and practices, as well as personal strategies and organised interventions for staying healthy. Health is maintained and improved not only through the advancement and application of health sciences, but also through the efforts and intelligent lifestyle choices of the individual and society. A healthy lifestyle can help prevent diseases and help keep it from progressing. Obesity is an important risk factor for coronary artery disease that can be modified by improved diet and www.ijmer.in 191 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 weight loss. Family history of coronary artery disease, male gender, and advancing age increase risk but cannot be modified. A heart-healthy lifestyle includes eating right, regular exercise, maintaining a healthy weight, no smoking, moderate drinking, and no recreational drugs, controlling hypertension and managing stress. While efforts are being made to contain this epidemic of cardiovascular diseases by educating public and applying preventive measures, the ever increasing burden of patients with symptomatic and life threatening manifestations of the disease is posing a major challenge. This requires a concerted effort to develop modern facilities to treat these patients. BACKGROUND OF THE STUDY This study has been carried out in a view to assess nurse’s skills in emergency cardiovascular challenging situations especially for patients posted for CABG. Inadequate knowledge among nursing personnel is a key barrier to comprehensive nursing care, and nurses have a major role to provide education to patients. The purpose of this study is to identify student nurses’ learning needs on comprehensive nursing care on CABG patients and to prepare them for managing patients posted for CABG perioperatively. The overall need of the study is to develop an educational intervention on holistic nursing care for student nurses working with patients posted for CABG. STATEMENT OF THE PROBLEM “Evaluate the effectiveness of orientation cum demonstration programme on knowledge regarding comprehensive nursing care of CABG patients among nursing students posted in cardiac unit at a selected hospital, Vadodara, Gujarat” OBJECTIVES • Assess the pre-test knowledge score regarding comprehensive nursing care of CABG patients among nursing students posted in Cardiac Unit. www.ijmer.in 192 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 • Evaluate the effectiveness of orientation cum demonstration programme on knowledge regarding comprehensive nursing care of CABG among nursing students posted in cardiac unit by post-test. • Associate the selected demographic variables with the pre-test knowledge on comprehensive nursing care of CABG among nursing students posted in Cardiac Unit. RESEARCH HYPOTHESES •H1: There will be significant difference in the pre-test and post-test knowledge score regarding comprehensive nursing care on CABG patients among nursing students posted in Cardiac unit. • H2: There will be significant association between the selected demographic variables with the pre-test knowledge on comprehensive nursing care on CABG among nursing students posted in Cardiac unit. CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK: Modified Wiedenbach’s Conceptual Framework was used in the study. www.ijmer.in 193 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY Research Quantitative Evaluative Research Approach Approach Research Design Pre –experimental, one group pre-test post-test design Variables Dependent– Knowledge of nursing students posted in cardiac unit. Independent- Orientation cum demonstration programme regarding comprehensive nursing care on CABG. Setting Cardiac Unit of the selected hospital at Vadodara. Population Nursing students posted in Cardiac unit at a selected Hospital. Samples 115 nursing students posted in Cardiac unit at a selected Hospital. Sampling A systematic probability random sampling using selection of every Kth (2nd) case was used to select technique the sample. Tool-development Section 1: Socio-demographic variables Section 2 : Self-structured knowledge questionnaire. Content validity Suggestion from various experts i.e. Master in the field of Medical Surgical Nursing Asst. Prof. -7,1 M.A, B.Ed.(English), cardiologist-1,statistician-1 Reliability Using the Karl Pearson and Spearman’s Brown’s Prophecy formula and applying spilt half method the reliability of 0.81was obtained. Pilot study Pilot study was conducted on 15th September 2016 from 11nursing students posted in Cardiac unit of Dhiraj Hospital to find out the feasibility of the study. Data collection 1st Day- took Informed Consent, conducted Pre-test and administered orientation cum demonstration procedure programme www.ijmer.in 194 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 7h Day-Conducted the Post-Test. The data collection procedure was carried out from 4th October 2016 to 26th October 2016, 3 weeks. Analysis of data Descriptive and Inferential statistics • Items related to the demographic variables were analysed in terms of frequency and percentage. • Computation of mean, median, mean difference and standard deviation, standard error. • Computation of paired ‘t’ test for significance differences between the mean scores of the pre-test knowledge score and post-test knowledge score • Chi-square values were computed to find out the association between the pre- test knowledge with demographic variables. Sample selection Inclusion criteria- criteria Nursing students posted in Cardiac unit at a selected Hospital, Gujarat. Nursing students who are willing to participate in the study. Exclusion criteria:- Students those who were absent at the time of study. Students those who have job experience in cardiac speciality. Ethical Ethical approval from the Institutional Ethics Committee and informed consent obtained from the consideration subjects. www.ijmer.in 195 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 RESULTS ORGANIZATION OF STUDY FINDINGS: The data collected were edited, tabulated, analysed, interpreted and findings were presented in form of tables and diagrams represent under the following areas. Description of the demographic variables of nursing students www.ijmer.in 196 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 TABLE 1: Frequency and percentage distribution of nursing students according to their personal characteristics (demographic variables) (N=115) S.no. Variable Frequency(f) Percentage (%) 1 Age group a) 18-19 years 62 53.91% b) 20-21years 39 33.91% c) 22-23 years 14 12.18% 2 Course of Study a) B.Sc. (N) 52 45.22% b) P.B.B.Sc. (N) 5 4.35% c) G.N.M. 58 50.43% 3 Area of domicile a) urban 74 64.35% b) rural 41 35.65% 4 Do you have any previous knowledge regarding CABG? A) yes If yes, what is the source of previous knowledge? a) workshop/seminar 8 6.96% b) mass media 2 1.74% c) clinical experience/posting 64 55.65% B) no 41 35.65% www.ijmer.in 197 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Analysis of mean pre-test & mean post-test score to determine the knowledge level of nursing students. It represents that in pre-test 30.43% samples were having poor knowledge regarding comprehensive nursing care on CABG and 69.57% of them were having average knowledge and 00% samples were having good knowledge level and in post-test 75.65% samples had good knowledge, 21.74% samples had average knowledge and 2.61% had poor knowledge level. Effectiveness of orientation cum demonstration programme on knowledge level of nursing students which deals with the analysis to find the significant difference between the mean pre-test and post-test knowledge level of nursing students. SD, mean difference and paired “t” test was used. In order to test the statistical significance research hypothesis was analysed to know the significance at p<0.05 level. TABLE 2: mean, standard deviation, mean difference and paired ‘t’ value of pre- test and post-test knowledge of nursing students. n=115 Pre-test Post-test score score Mean Mean Mean Mea (%) Mea (%) differe 't' SD SD n n nce value 12.88 3.31 42.93 21.83 3.11 72.76 8.95 28.87* *t (0.05, 114) =1.658 Significant www.ijmer.in 198 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 mean of pre-test and post-test knowledge scores 72.76 100 42.93 0 Pre-test Post-test mean knowledge mean knowledge score Pre-test Post-test Association of pre-test knowledge of nursing students regarding comprehensive nursing of CABG patients with selected demographic variables which consists of 5 items seeking information on demographic data which includes age, course of study, area of domicile, source of previous knowledge regarding CABG So here to test the research hypothesis, chi-square test has been used. Data have been analysed by the researcher manually, statistical formula and the outputs are depicted in the above table. The table reveals that there is no significant association between pre-test knowledge score and selected demographic variables. The obtained χ² value in all variables is less than the table value of χ² at 0.05 level of significance. Hence the obtained χ² value is non-significant for all the socio-demographic variables. Therefore, there is no association between selected demographic variables (age, professional qualification, area of domicile and source of previous knowledge) and pre-test knowledge score of nursing students posted in cardiac unit. Thus H2 hypothesis is not accepted. DISCUSSION & CONCLUSION In the present study “Evaluate the effectiveness of orientation cum demonstration programme on knowledge regarding comprehensive nursing care of CABG patients among nursing students posted in cardiac unit at a selected hospital, Vadodara, Gujarat.” 115 nursing www.ijmer.in 199 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 students were selected using systematic probability random sampling technique. The research approach adopted in the present study is quantitative research approach with a view to measure the level of knowledge regarding comprehensive nursing care of CABG patients among nursing students and effectiveness was assessed by analysis of pre-test and post-test level of knowledge score. The data was interpreted by suitable and appropriate statistical method. This chapter deals with the following conclusions; The overall pre-test mean knowledge score of the nursing students was 12.88 and post-test mean knowledge score of the nursing students was 21.83. The post-test mean knowledge score is significantly greater than the pre-test mean knowledge score. So the orientation cum demonstration programme was effective. The association of the pre-test knowledge score of the nursing students with selected demographic variables such as age, course of study, area of domicile, source of previous knowledge regarding CABG evidenced that there was no statistically significant association at p < 0.05. RECOMMENDATIONS In the light of the above findings and personal experience of the investigator the following recommendations are offered: The study can be replicated on a larger sample; thereby findings can be generalized for a larger population. A similar study can be conducted to assess the knowledge level of patients posted for CABG and further remedial measures can be taken to improve the knowledge. www.ijmer.in 200 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 An orientation cum demonstration programme can be prepared to enhance the knowledge of patients posted for CABG regarding early detection of heart problems and its management. Pamphlets or information booklets can be prepared about comprehensive care for a patient posted for CABG to get awareness about and for early detection of heart problems and its treatment. REFERENCES 1. http://www.godvine.com/bible/psalms/34-8 2. Brunner and Suddharth’s TEXT BOOK OF MEDICAL-SURGICAL NURSING, Janice L Hinkle, Kerry H Cheever, Volume 1,13th edition, Wolters Kluwer Publications. 3.(http://www.annalsofian.org/article.asp?issn=09722327;year=2006;vo lume=9;issue=3;spage=145;epage=151;aulast=Vibha) 4. Michael Diodato and Edgar G. Chedrawy, “Coronary Artery Bypass Graft Surgery: The Past, Present, and Future of Myocardial Revascularisation,” Surgery Research and Practice, vol. 2014, Article ID 726158, 6 pages, 2014. doi:10.1155/2014/726158 5. Joyce M. Black, “MEDICAL SURGICAL NURSING” 7th edition, Volume I, 2007, Published by Saunders Company, Philadelphia. 6. Martin, Caron G.,Turkelson, Sandra L. Journal of Cardiovascular Nursing,April 2006, Volume :21 Number 2, page 109- 117 www.ijmer.in 201 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 www.ijmer.in 202 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 www.ijmer.in 203 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 www.ijmer.in 204 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 www.ijmer.in 205 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 www.ijmer.in 206 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 www.ijmer.in 207 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 www.ijmer.in 208 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 www.ijmer.in 209 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 www.ijmer.in 210 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 www.ijmer.in 211 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 KNOWLEDGE ATTITUDE AND PRACTICE (KAP) OF HIV/AIDS AMONG SEX WORKERS OF EAST GODAVARI, ANDHRAPRADESH V. Jayasri Department of Anthropology Andhra University, Visakhapatnam Andhra Pradesh, India Abstract: The present study is an attempt to examine the level of HIV/AIDS and to study the knowledge, attitude and practice among the sex workers of East Godavari district of Andhra Pradesh belonging to non-tribal, tribal and other religious groups. The sample comprising 705 women ranging between 26 to 30 years. It is observed that most of the sex workers are having knowledge, attitude and practice about HIV/AIDS. Out of sample 235 women are identify the mode of transmission of HIV/AIDS through sexual intercourse. The HIV/AIDS affected sex workers are using condom as a preventive measure. All the HIV/AIDS patients got infection through sexual relations; expect 127 sex workers who claim to be affected through mother to child transmission. Key words: Knowledge, Attitude, Practice, HIV/AIDS, Sex workers INTRODUCTION According to UNAIDS report there has been an increased condom use with a raise in knowledge of HIV/AIIDS in Indonesia, India and Bangladesh. Though this high level of knowledge does not always translate to increased practice in preventive strategies like a condoms use. Most commercial sex workers have a good knowledge of HIV/AIDS transmission and prevention but they do not think that they are personally at risk for contracting the virus even though they understand that other commercial sex workers may be highly www.ijmer.in 212 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 susceptible to HIV infection. While knowledge levels of HIV may be high, preventive practices such as condom use are not widely conformed to (Prybylski and Alto, 1999). Anthropologists were invited to collaborate in surveys of knowledge, attitude and practices sponsored by public health agencies from the mid-1980s (Brooke Schoef, 2001). Questions about people’s knowledge of HIV/AIDS evoked mixed understandings from the respondents. All of the respondents said that they had heard about HIV/AIDS, but many of the respondents were confused of what HIV was. A couple of them regarded HIV as a disease related to brain. Though the word AIDS was familiar with all the respondents, a big number of them gave incorrect answer regarding the nature and causes of AIDS. However, a vast majority of the respondents know that HIV/AIDS could be transmitted through sexual contact, followed by sharing of needles, blood transfusion and by sharing infected sharp objects such as blade, razor and needle etc. There were few who gave an incorrect answer by saying that HIV/AIDS could be transmitted by mosquito bite. Majority of the sex workers were also not aware of the risks of transmission from infected mother to child at the time of delivery and breast feeding practices. Still, a few numbers of the respondents were aware that HIV transmission could be avoided from pregnant mother to fetes, during delivered and breast feeding by taking proper HIV drugs (Anjana Sankhil, 2008). In the study area, it is observed that the sex workers have high levels of knowledge regarding HIV/AIDS. However this high level of knowledge does not always translate to increased practice of preventive strategies like usage of condom, avoiding multiple sex partners and using tested blood transfusion. With regard to the knowledge level of HIV/AIDS transmission methods, a few sex workers informed that they discussed with their partners about HIV/AIDS. Some informants know about the AIDS heard about it from clients, HIV/AIDS education programmes www.ijmer.in 213 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 conducted by the NACO and non-government organizations like PRAGATI, CARE&SAKSHAM, CHANGES and BREAD. Addressing the clients, they wanted more awareness on proper usage of condoms. Some of them had less knowledge regarding condom use. They believed that by the usage of condom they were not satisfied. This would lead to spread of sexually transmitted diseases and HIV/AIDS. Attitude: In response to questions of risk perception of the sex workers, a majority of the informants believed that they themselves, their clients and the sex workers in general were unlikely to become infected with HIV/AIDS. Further, they informed that the most serious problems faced by them were sexual harassment, bad relations with neighbours, family neglect, police and drunkards. A few respondents informed that the sexually transmitted diseases problems that occur could lead to HIV/AIDS. They also felt that both males and females, persons with multiple sex partners and clients were affected when someone had HIV/AIDS. With regard to the importance of protecting oneself from HIV/AIDS, the informants informed that they were doing something to protect themselves from HIV/AIDS by using condoms as the protection method. Practice: The data on the practices of the sex workers was focused on sex work, condom use, and usage of HIV/AIDS program services and treatment. The average number half of the members continues sex work above ten years. It is informed by the respondents that the occupation of the clients was landlords, agriculture labourers, merchants, auto drivers, truck drivers, rickshaw pullers, employers and students. 325 sex workers mostly from traditional communities (Kalavantulu and Dommari) get their clients in their house had sex them for a minimum of five coitus per a day. 143 respondents received www.ijmer.in 214 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 their clients through brokers, brothel house and engaged sex with them for about seven coitus per a day. 196 women attracted their clients in highway, agriculture field, bus stops and other soliciting places and had sex with them for more than four coitus per a day. 41 respondents got their clients through madams and other massage centres and had sex with them for about two to three coitus in a week. MATERIAL AND METHODS East Godavari district of Andhra Pradesh was selected because this district has a large number of sex workers or female sex workers populations with traditional communities practicing sex work with well established net work. It is estimated that about 10,000 sex workers are pursuing their profession in different areas of the district i.e Muramanda, Mandapeta, Ravulapalemm, Jonnada, Dhaweleswaram, Rajahmundry, Addateegala, Rampachodavaram areas and on the adjacent to national high way No.5. The traditional anthropological methods like non participant observation, schedule- interview and case study methods are used to collect the data of 705 sex workers, out of sample 108 women are infected with HIV/AIDS patients conformed through the ELISA test of Government of Andhra Pradesh. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION Results are presented in Table 1 it shows that about 33.34 percent of the informants could correctly identify the mode of transmission of HIV/AIDS through sexual relations. Table 2 reveals that a relatively higher proportion (48.51%) of the sex workers follows preventive methods by using condom while 15.32 percent by taking clinical treatment of HIV/AIDS and other 23.26 percent of the sex workers adopting methods like fewer sex partners. Table 3 it is observed that more than 97.02 percent had the knowledge of condoms because the government and also non-government organizations are operating in East Godavari district who are educating the general www.ijmer.in 215 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 public health and the high-risk groups like truck drivers and sex workers about the usage of condom. Table 4 the data show that majority (69.08%) of the sex workers have used condoms with all clients while 17.59 percent of the sex workers have used condom with only permanent partner and 13.33 percent of the women have used as per correct demonstration. Table 5 revealed that majority (73.04%) of the sex workers opinion that the usage of condom helped to avoid HIV/AIDS while 13.48 percent informed that their clients have refused to use the condoms. However 5.96 percent of the women said it is a waste of time, 4.40 percent say that is expensive and not affordable while 3.12 percent sex workers feel that condom reduces the sexual pleasure. Table 6 it is observed that 42.59 percent of the sex workers who are suffering from HIV/AIDS infection are taking medical treatment in the district head quarters general hospital while 35.19 percent in clinics run by non-government organizations, 14.81 percent government primary health centres. About 7.41 percent are also visiting private medical doctors for the treatment of HIV/AIDS infection. Table 7 it is reported that (75.93%) of HIV/AIDS affected sex workers are taking treatment for the last 4 years. Although few (1.85%) respondents are taking treatment for the last 7-8 years and 6.48 percent of sex workers are taking treatment only during the last 2-6 months. Table 1: Knowledge level of mode of HIV/AIDS transmission among sex workers Modes of No % transmission of HIV/AIDS Mother to child 127 18.01 transmission Sexual intercourse 235 33.34 www.ijmer.in 216 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Blood transfusion 191 27.09 Multiple use of 152 21.56 injections/needles Total 705 100.00 Table 2: Knowledge level of HIV/AIDS preventive methods among sex workers Preventive No % methods Fewer sex partners 91 12.91 Using condoms 342 48.51 Clinical treatment for 108 15.32 HIV/AIDS Other methods 164 23.26 Total 705 100.00 Table 3: Knowledge about the use of condoms among sex workers Knowledge about No % condoms Know 684 97.02 Do not know 21 2.98 Total 705 100.00 Table 4: Condom usage encountered by sex workers Condom usage No % www.ijmer.in 217 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Had ever used 0 0.00 Demonstrate correct 94 13.33 Used with all clients 487 69.08 Used with permanent 124 17.59 partner Total 705 100.00 Table 5: Opinion on condom usage encountered by sex workers Problems with No % condom usage Client refused to use 95 13.48 Waste of time 42 5.96 Expensive 31 4.40 Helped to avoid 515 73.04 HIV/AIDS Reduced pleasure 22 3.12 Total 705 100.00 Table 6: Place of treatment received by HIV/AIDS patients Place of No % treatment Primary health centre 16 14.81 NGO-clinics 38 35.19 www.ijmer.in 218 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Government hospital 46 42.59 Private hospital 8 7.41 Total 705 100.00 Table 7: HIV/AIDS patients-period of treatment HIV/AIDS patients- No % period of treatment 2-6 months 7 6.48 7-11 months 3 2.78 1-4 years 82 75.93 4-6 years 14 12.96 7-8 years 2 1.85 Total 108 100.00 REFERENCES 1. Anjana Sankhil, 2008. HIV/AIDS: Knowledge, attitude and practice in Manipur, Research proceeding in Anthropology, Research seminar group, University of Delhi. pp.71-78. 2. Brooke Schoepf, G., 2001. International AIDS research in Anthropology: Taking a critical perspective on the crisis. International Journal of Annual Review of Anthropology, Vol.30, pp. 335-361. 3. Prybylski, D., and Alto, W.A., 1999. Knowledge, attitude and practice of concerning HIV/AIDS among sex workers in Phnom Penh, Cambodia. AIDS Care. Vol.11, pp. 457-72. www.ijmer.in 219 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 A STUDY ON LEARNING ACHIEVEMENT OF VIII STANDARD STUDENTS IN MATHEMATICS (A STUDY OF ANDAMAN AND NICOBAR ISLANDS) Santosh Kumar Faculty of Mathematics Tagore Govt. College of Education Port Blair (A&N Islands, India) Abstract Present study is to assess the learning achievement in mathematics of class VIII students of Andaman and Nicobar Islands, this study is to compare the learning achievement of students belongs to rural, semi-urban and urban, it also compares the leaning achievement in mathematics among all the three district of Andaman and Nicobar Islands. It also compares the learning achievement on the basis of medium of instruction viz. English, Hindi, Bangla, Tamil and Telugu medium. It may help teachers to understand their students learning difficulties and the effect of medium of instruction and locality. It may also help administrators and policy makers for effective implementation and rectification various educational policies and projects. It was found that Girls of these islands are achieving higher score than their counterparts irrespective of their locality. Hindi medium students of urban area are found to be lower scorer than other medium and other localities students. It is also found that Telugu medium students are achieving higher scores than other medium students. Analysis of mean scores tells that girl students are achieved better scores than boy and standard deviation reveals that Tamil and Telugu medium students have more scattered scores than other medium students. www.ijmer.in 220 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 INTRODUCTION The Andaman and Nicobar Islands is group of 572 islets located in the east of Indian mainland in the Bay of Bengal. Andaman group comprises 550 islets, 28 of which are inhabited. Nicobar group comprises 22 islets, 10 of which are inhabited. The Andaman and Nicobars are separated by the Ten Degree Channel which is 150 kms wide. The Andaman and Nicobar Islands has three Districts. Port Blair- the capital lies in South Andaman District, North & Middle Andaman and Nicobar are other two districts. As per 2011 Census, the total population of Andaman & Nicobar Islands 3,79,944 and the literacy rate is 86.27%. *source: http://www.andamans.gov.in In school education, the Learning Achievement tests are expected to be the most significant for assessment of the attainments of teaching-learning objective. Learning achievement by the students may help determine the effectiveness of teaching-learning process and attainments of its goal. In this present study researchers have conducted written form of test to assess the learning achievement targeting the pupils those who qualified Eighth standard in 2016 and belongs to Andaman and Nicobar islands. Need of the study Eighth standard or elementary education is considered to be the most crucial stages of schooling, the present study focused on Learning Achievement in Mathematics of Eighth standard students those who have completed 8 years of schooling, without stagnation. Learning of mathematics and attainment of its educational objectives may have effects on the learning achievement of other subjects specially the general science and the social science to some www.ijmer.in 221 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 extent. Learning achievement may be influence by medium of instruction thus the study on Learning Achievement in mathematics of Hindi medium, English medium, Bangla medium, Tamil medium and Telugu medium students of Eighth standard of Andaman and Nicobar Islands is needed. Objectives of the study Main objectives of this study is to 1. Study the Learning Achievement in mathematics subject of class VIII Hindi medium, English medium, Bangla medium, Tamil medium and Telugu medium of instructions. 2. Find Learning Achievement in mathematics of Boys and Girls of class VIII belongs to rural, semi-urban and urban area of Hindi medium, English medium, Bangla medium, Tamil medium and Telugu medium of instructions. 3. Study Learning Achievement of Eighth standard students of Hindi medium, English medium, Bangla medium, Tamil medium and Telugu medium students belong to South Andaman, North & Middle Andaman and Nicobar district. Significance of the study In this present study researchers have collected samples of the students who passed Eighth standard in 2016 of entire Andaman and Nicobar Islands. This study may help to understand the effects of “medium of instruction” in Learning Achievement of mathematics. This study may help teachers to understand their students learning difficulties and strength. It may help to understand the effect of locality on Learning Achievements of pupils. This study may also help administrators and policy makers for effective implementation of resources and rectification needed if any in various educational policies and projects. www.ijmer.in 222 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Delimitation of the study Researchers have delimited his study to the region of Andaman and Nicobar Islands only. Samples were collected only from the students of Government schools. Present study is delimited to those students who passed class VIII in the year 2016 only. Learning Achievement is tested only in Mathematics subject. Definition of the terms Learning Achievement : It is a measure of the amount of academic content a student learns in a determined amount of time. Educational Objectives : statements that define the expected goal of a curriculum, course, lesson or activity in terms of demonstrable skills or knowledge that will be acquired by a student as a result of instruction. Government Schools : Schools that are administered by the Department of Education, A&N Administration. These schools strictly follow the syllabus and books prescribed by NCERT. STATEMENT OF THE PROBLEM A study on Learning Achievement in mathematics of Hindi medium, English medium, Bangla medium, Tamil medium and Telugu medium students of Eighth standard belongs to rural, urban and semi-urban area of Andaman and Nicobar Islands. METHODOLOGY Method of Study The present study belongs to Normative Survey design of research. This attempts to describe and interpret what exists at present in the www.ijmer.in 223 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 form of conditions, practices, processes, trends and effects etc. This is an organized attempt to analyze, interpret and report the present status of a social institution, group or area. Variables of the study The variables used in the present study are a) Gender(Boys/ Girls) b) Locality(Rural/ Semi-Urban/ Urban) c) Medium of Instruction (Hindi/ English/ Bangla/ Tamil/ Telugu) d) District (South Andaman/ North & Middle Andaman/ Nicobar) Sample of the study The present study has been based on proportionate Stratified Random sampling method. Total population and sample studied for VIII classes is 4440 and 1927 respectively. These sample were studied from 50 government schools out of total 141 government schools of elementary which provides 43% representation to the variables viz. gender, locality, medium of instruction and district. This sample comprises 34% rural, 39% semi-urban and 27% urban students this variation is due to proportionate selection of sample. All these schools are belongs to Andaman and Nicobar Islands only. Table 1: Distribution of sample Student Sample Studied Population Size Class VIII 4440 1927 (43% of population) Hindi medium 1424 560 (39% of population) English 1598 749 (47% of population) medium www.ijmer.in 224 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Bangla 1162 507 (44% of population) medium Tamil medium 129 52 (40% of population) Telugu 127 59 (46% of population) medium *source: Directorate of Education, A&N Administration. Figure 1: Sample studied (Locality) Figure 2: Sample studied (Medium-wise) Tamil Telugu 2% 4% urban rural Hindi 27% 34% Bangla 29% 26% semi- urban English 39% 39% Tools and Techniques A bilingual (Hindi and English) questionnaire was framed which consists of 50 items in total, 25% of these items are easy 50% are moderate and 25% items are difficult in nature. Out of this 50 items, 15 items are of “Multiple Choice type of Question”, 10 items are of “Fill in the blank”, 10 items are of “One Word Answer”, 5 items are of “Matching”, 5 items are of” True/False” and 5 items on “Picture based”. These 50 items were chosen wisely and expected to cover full syllabus. www.ijmer.in 225 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Scoring: one mark is allotted for every correct response, partially correct responses are considered as wrong response and no mark was allotted to such responses. Reliability and Validity For the reliability of this tool (questionnaire), researchers have applied Equivalent-Form method of reliability test. For this, three sets of questionnaire were prepared giving equal weightage to difficulty level and type of questions which are administered on small group of same pupils and a final set of tool was prepared for actual testing of Learning Achievement. For the validity of this tool (questionnaire), researchers have emphasis the Content Validity or Face Validity on this tool as it was prepared with the help of a group of currently working school teachers those who are teaching the classes selected in the present study. Collection of Data Data for the present study is collected from State Learning Achievement Survey (SLAS), Andaman and Nicobar Islands. Statistical techniques used For the present study the statistical methods used are Mean and Standard Deviation. ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION OF DATA Table 2: Locality and Medium-wise mean scores (class VIII mathematics subject) Class Englis Medium Hindi Bangla Tamil Telugu VIII h Sampled (Boy, (974, (267, (403, (241, (25, (38, Girl) 953) 293) 346) 266) 27) 21) www.ijmer.in 226 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Localit Varia Mean Mean Mean Mean Mean Mean y ble score score score score score score Boy- 29.03 22.61 33.39 24.55 34.53 36.18 A&N 974 Island Girl- s 31.64 23.95 33.28 27.19 40.20 43.69 953 Boy- 26.23 23.59 32.35 22.76 *** *** RURA 305 L Girl- 26.78 23.00 33.45 23.90 *** *** 350 Boy- 34.66 30.00 32.46 27.44 48.40 35.00 SEMI- 372 URBA Girl- N 37.9 29.70 32.54 27.14 60.00 40.14 383 Boy- 26.22 14.25 35.38 23.45 20.66 37.36 URBA 297 N Girl- 30.24 19.16 33.87 30.53 20.41 47.25 220 ***Negligible or No representative data available Figure 3: Locality and medium-wise mean scores. 100 90 80 70 Hindi 60 50 English 40 Bangla 30 Tamil 20 10 Telugu 0 Boy Girl Boy Girl Boy Girl RURAL SEMI-URBAN URBAN www.ijmer.in 227 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Table 3: District and medium-wise standard deviation of mean scores. Hindi English Bangla Tamil Telugu Distri Me S Me Me me me Me SD SD SD SD SD ct an D an an an an an South 28. 1. 21. 0.7 32. 0.8 24. 1.0 20. 1.2 43. 1.9 anda 59 19 17 9 15 6 45 9 53 5 67 6 man N&M 35. 2. 25. 1.0 33. 1.1 0.8 54. 7.9 37. 2.3 anda 26 35 64 81 1 16 8 1 2 1 06 0 man Nicob 26. 2. 25. 2.1 26. 2.4 ## ## ## ## *** *** ar 03 29 25 4 82 4 # # # # ### Medium not available. ***Negligible or No data available. Figure 4: medium-wise mean and Standard Deviation of districts. 60 55 50 45 40 35 30 South andaman 25 N&M andaman 20 15 Nicobar 10 5 0 Mean SD Mean SD mean SD mean SD Mean SD Hindi English Bangla Tamil Telugu www.ijmer.in 228 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 MAJOR FINDINGS Girls of Andaman and Nicobar Islands are achieving higher scores than their counterparts in Eighth standard Mathematics subject irrespective of their locality. English medium students are achieved better scores than Hindi and Bangla medium students irrespective of their locality. Students of Semi-urban area are achieved better scores than Rural and Urban area students. Highest achievement scores are found in Semi-urban students of Tamil medium, and same time there is a highest SD is also found for them, this may be due to smaller sample size in Tamil medium. Lowest mean score is found for boys (i.e. 14.25 mean score) of Hindi medium those belongs to Urban area. It is found that Bangla medium students are achieving higher mean score than Hindi medium students of Andaman and Nicobar Islands. It is found that mean score of North & Middle Andaman district students is higher than other two districts. Lowest Standard Deviation is found in South Andaman district i.e. 1.19 SD. whereas North & Middle Andaman and Nicobar districts have 2.64 and 2.29 SD respectively. Lower Standard Deviations are found among students of Hindi medium of South Andaman and Bangla medium students of North & Middle Andaman districts. Combined Mean score in mathematics of every medium is less than 34% in Andaman and Nicobar Island. www.ijmer.in 229 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 RECOMMENDATIONS Every medium of instructions need up gradation of its classroom teaching with modern technologies. Teaching methods should be updated according to the need of the students. Mathematical concepts should be supported by its practical use in daily life of the students. Every concept should be taught with at least two different methods of teaching and should be explained with simple language or with their mother tongue. Group activities can be encouraged in learning of mathematics and Proper remedial teaching must be carried out at every stage of learning. Learning resources with effective teaching aids should also be provided in the schools for better understanding of mathematical concepts. BIBLIOGRAPHY 1. A Report on State Level Achievement Survey for Class-IV. (2011). Andaman and Nicobar Administration, Directorate of Education. 2. Agarwal, L. P. (2013). Modern Educational Research. New Delhi, Wisdom Press. 3. Best, John W., & Kahn, James V. (2004). Research in Education, 7th edition. New Delhi, Prentice-hall of India. 4. Charles, C. M., & Mertler, Craig A. (2004). Introduction to Educational Research. Boston, Pearson Custom Publishing. 5. Dr. James, Anice. (2013). Methods of Teaching Mathematics. New Delhi, Neelkamal Publications. 6. Dr. Kulshrestha, A. K. (2012). Teaching of Mathmatics. Meerut, R.Lall Book Depot. 7. Dr. Nagarajan, K. et. al. (2009). Research Methodology in Education. Chennai, Ram Publishers. www.ijmer.in 230 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 8. Dr. Pillai, S. Swaminathan. (1994). Research Methodology in Education. Chennai, Ram Publishers. 9. Gupta, Santosh. (2003). Research Methodology and Statistical Techniques. New Delhi, Deep & Deep Publications Deep & Deep Publications. 10. National Council Of Educational Research And Training(NCERT). (2000). Learning Achievement Of Students At The End Of Class V. Retrieved From NCERT website: http://ssa.nic.in/alternative-schooling/learning-achievement-of- class-v-students 11. National Council Of Educational Research And Training(NCERT). (2014). National Achievement Survey class VIII (cycle 3). Retrieved From NCERT website: http://www.ncert.nic.in/departments/nie/esd/pdf/NAS_8_cycle3.p df 12. Sindhu, Kulbir Singh. (2016). The Teaching of Mathematics. New Delhi, Sterling Publishers. 13. National Council Of Educational Research And Training(NCERT). (2014). National Achievement Survey class III (cycle 3). Retrieved From NCERT website: http://www.ncert.nic.in/departments/nie/esd/pdf/NAS_Class3.pdf www.ijmer.in 231 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 WEEKLY MARKET PROBLEMS: AN ANALYSIS Dr. V. Sudhakara Rao Lecturer in Commerce Visakha Govt. Degree College (W) Visakhapatnam The practical problems faced by the respondents in marketing of their produce in weekly markets are presented. The respondents face problems in marketing of minor forest produce in agency areas especially in the weekly markets. The respondents are facing many economic, social and ethical problems in and around market. One important problem faced by the respondents in the tribal agency areas is lack of sufficient roads and communication facilities. Their extraction techniques are very primitive and the respondents are not in a position to bring sufficient produces to the markets. The following are the main problems of the respondents directly or indirectly effecting on their trade and development in weekly markets. COMMON PROBLEMS IN THE REGION Low level of Literacy: The literacy levels among the tribal people and respondents are extremely low. Previously simple reading and writing are also very difficult for these people. They care more for their word of promise than for any written document. They are very much afraid of police, Revenue officials, other Government officials and mandal development officials. The new generation must be reared up in the Ashram Schools, Polytechnics and Professional colleges so that they can leave their isolation and become part of the open society of India. Previously female education is neglected but now their education also is gradually improved up to level of degree and post graduate. More Expenditure on Social Customs: After food and clothing, the other important items of expenditure of the tribal people are taking hot drinks, smoking, social and religious ceremonies, cultivation, if any repayment of debt. These items of expenditure constitute a heavy toll on their income when compared with the others. The expenditure on education is negligible. www.ijmer.in 232 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Most of the respondents take hot drink prepared with jeelugu (caryatid) toddy and sometimes illicit liquor also. Severe cold climate in winter necessitates thick bed sheets and blankets. Their expenditure is generally over and above the limits of bare necessities of Life. The expenditure is generally above their financial capacity which leads them to eventually land in indebtedness and poverty. Poor Housing and Storage Facilities: The architecture of houses belonging to various tribal communities generally differs from tribe to tribe and also area to area. The housing pattern reflects not only the socio-economic conditions, but also the level of technology and economic advancement. The availability of housing material in the nearly areas is another factor that decides their housing pattern. Amongst the tribal people, the Primitive Tribal Groups are still more backward and they live on forest produces and construct their leaf tenements in forest lands and mountainous terrain and slopes considered to be unhealthy and dangerous Localities. Some tribal groups construct their houses with bamboos and the roof is made of thatches with grass available in the forest. In view of the extremely cold climate, tribal people do not fix any kind of windows. Each house will have an attic made out of wooden planks to store food grains and other Valuable articles. Generally the size of the house inflects the economic position of the household. Failure in Utilization of Government Schemes: The Government of India spends huge amounts on a number of schemes undertaken by the ministry of home affairs. The I.T.D.A/D.R.D.A (IRDP),I.K.P. introduced many schemes for the socio and economic development of the tribal groups. But they are not being utilized properly due to unawareness of such schemes by tribes in the region.. Language Barrier: Most of the tribal respondents speak their own dialects. Most of them know common Telugu language also. Middlemen from plains learn local tribal dialects in order to build good rapport with these tribal people. Otherwise their business transactions may not yield good results due to language barrier. www.ijmer.in 233 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 Lack of Managerial Qualities: Most of the tribal people incur losses in business due to lack of managerial abilities. They lack knowledge in planning, organization and control techniques. They do not have sufficient knowledge regarding maintenance of equilibrium between demand and supply of the forest produce in the market. They blindly transport the total produce to the market without knowing the demand position. Automatically, it results in over supply of goods. Due to lack of communication facilities they follow and continue the existing prices which may be lower than the present prices which often rise from time to time. They do not take into account the rising cost of living and consequential rise in prices of all material in the market. Other problems: Other problems include Maoist attacks, reduction in subsidies of Government, changes in Government rules and regulations etc. MARKETING PROBLEMS: Previously the problems relating to marketing of forest produce were discussed by many researchers. In the present chapter the practical problems faced by the respondents in marketing of their produce in the weekly markets are presented. The following are the problems of the respondents directly or indirectly effecting on their trading and development. 1. Lower Quality of Produce: The Indian forest produce does not enjoy good reputation in foreign markets, except tamarind and coffee seeds. The low quality of the produce is due to non-protective methods of seedling, control of plant diseases, drought or too much rain, deliberate adulteration and damping, etc. Some items of produce are perishable in nature. The produce sometimes get spoiled during transportation. 2. Absence of Grading and Marking: In Agency areas there is no practice of grading of the produce to be sold. The purchaser has, therefore limited confidence in the quality of the produce. The purchaser has therefore to verify personally and www.ijmer.in 234 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 satisfy himself about the quality of the produce. This proves to be a serious handicap in the marketing of such produce. Grading and Marking Act 1937 is not implemented here. Government staff in the Marketing Department only supervises and advise them for grading. It is difficult to take up grading of the minor forest produce because of absence of experts. 3. Lack of Transport facilities: Transportation is another problem in the agency areas. There is no railway facility except Araku Valley mandal. Transportation of goods through roads is also difficult due to the hilly area and as the altitude is about 3000’ feet above the sea level. There are no road links between the villages in some areas. People are accustomed to walk long distances carrying heavy forest produce. 4. Lack of Market intelligence: Owing to poor means of communication, the news about the market prices, etc., seldom reaches villages. The lack of up-to-date market information places the tribal people at a great disadvantage. It also causes variations in prices in different markets. Commercial agencies do not divulge the information available with them. The tribal people are also unable to visualize the market dynamics. 5. Multiplicity of Intermediaries: There is a large number of intermediaries between the tribal people and the consumer or industrialists. Involvement of Dalaries, middlemen and brokers is more in these markets. All of them earn money in these markets sometimes more than the tribal people do. Each of them claims his margin and thereby decreases the returns due to the tribal people. The tribal people should be encouraged to sell the produce to G.C.C. and get more profits since the G.C.C.is established only to serve the interests of the tribal people. 6. Fraudulent Practices: Many malpractices prevail in the markets. These result in defrauding the tribal seller by knocking away a good part of his sale receipts. Some of these practices are in the nature of under measurement, buyer domination in the settlement for lower price, local cess (tax) etc. www.ijmer.in 235 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 7. Multiplicity of charges: The greatest scandal of the present day-marketing is the multiplicity of charges levied on the seller. The total charges vary from one market to another. The charge is high and unbearable in some sections. These charges are the sum total of items like commission, labour charges, measurement cost, tips, charity for temples etc. The seller can save about 50 percent of these charges if he sells through the Girijan Co-operative Society. 8. Lack of storage and warehousing facilities: Due to the lack of financial reserves, the tribal people sell the produce at cheaper rates as he wants quick money for his maintenance. He keeps back a small quantity of the produce only he needs for his own purpose. In almost all cases there are no storage facilities in the house. Satisfactory warehousing facilities are also not available in the market area. Only G.C.C. storages are available and procure purchases by GCC would only be stored there. In larger markets produce is stored in ‘Kothas’ underground storage, which exposes the produce to white ants, rats and dampness. The stocks also get damaged by white ants due to lack of precautionary measures. It is estimated that in India 65 per cent to 70 per cent of the forest produce annually is stored by tribal people and 30 per cent to 35 per cent only by traders and Government agencies. The tribal people are compelled to store the unsold stock of their produce mostly in the open as their houses being very small have no accommodation for storage. Naturally the produce kept in the open gets spoiled. The previous sample surveys suggested that the losses during handling and storage were around 10 per cent of the produce and that much of the losses occurred at the level of storage by tribal people and traders. It was also stated clearly the losses were to a large extent avoidable. If convenient warehouses exist, the tribal people could easily get loans either from the village Co-operative Marketing Society or even from any bank on the security of the stored produce. 9. Inadequate Market Facilities In recent years, thanks to the Green Revolution and communication networks, the volume of market arrivals has increased remarkably, but this is not matched by corresponding expansion of www.ijmer.in 236 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 market yards and other market ancillaries. The obvious sufferer is the tribal person. In weekly markets the seller face many troubles due to heavy rains, in the agency areas. There are no proper shelters in the weekly markets. 10. Institutional Guidance: There is no worthwhile institutional guidance for transformation of production to suit the needs of the public or traders. The ITDAs and marketing committees give some guidance as and when the schemes like I.F.A.D sanctioned in the agency areas. As per the analysis the problem of harassment from local Governmental departments,. Honey respondents are equally respond regarding this problem ie 50.0 per cent. EXTERNAL PROBLEMS Indebtedness Indebtedness is a serious economic problem among the respondents in the Agency area. Out of the two hundred twenty respondents interviewed for this purpose as many as (195) one hundred ninety five reported that they are in debts due to the various agencies and private money lenders, banks etc. The rate of interest varies between private money lenders, who are from plains and the banks. These respondents borrow loans for domestic as well as for social rituals. Considerable amounts are spent by them on marriages and other social rituals. Even fines and penalties are charged against them in the form of feasts they have to arrange to the community involving heavy expenditure. Expenditure on country liquors is not commensurate with their income. It indicates the extent and types of problems faced by the tribal people in mobilization of finances for their business. In obtaining loans from banks or other Government institutions like DRDA there are too many procedural formalities. The rate of interest is high on loans obtained from private money lenders or middlemen. Much of their time is consumed in searching to fetch loans. As regards loans from banks, the employees of the bank do not cooperate. They have to approach the banks many a time with no guarantee of success in getting the loan sanctioned. The process is expensive and time consuming. Most of the tribal people do not possess any assets worth the name and www.ijmer.in 237 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 consequently they cannot provide security to the loan giving agencies. The middlemen also do not cooperate in giving or getting loans. Among the respondents majority are facing the problem of inability to provide security, Tamarind respondent are more i.e 29.1 per cent. Regarding too much procedural formalities also tamarind respondents are more i,e 32 per cent. In respect of the problem of non- cooperation of middlemen point of view majority of the respondents under Adda leafs responded i.e.45.2 per cent. Exploitation by Middlemen in Weekly Markets Some Respondents come from long distances to visit the weekly markets for purposes of selling their forest produce and later purchase various commodities required by them. The commodities that are purchased regularly by them are salt, kerosene oil, low cost ornaments and clothing. As every commodity is now valued in terms of money, barter system is virtually non- existent and the tribal economy has practically turned into a money economy. The interior villagers are accustomed to spend three to four days on their to and fro journeys to visit weekly markets. The transactions in the weekly markets are mostly exploitative as the traders never reveal the prevailing market rates. The traders at a few places clandestinely procure items of minor forest produce by advancing petty loans. The respondents are forced to sell away the produce at the price fixed by the middlemen. The reason is that they are anxious to get money urgently to get their day to day food and other essentials. The private merchants totally control and reduce the prices of agricultural and forest produces especially those perishable in nature in the weekly markets. The prices of jack fruits, ginger, maize, tamarind are almost constant for the last 5 years. The prices of a jack fruit varies from Rs. 10 to Rs. 20. The merchant sells the same fruit at Rs. 80 to Rs. 100 in plain areas and towns depending on the size of the fruit. The traders and middlemen cheat the local tribal people by using traditional measures. Free market systems are not developing in the tribal areas. The traders from plain area advance petty loans on the tamarind tree or standing agricultural crop. The respondents sell their produce to those traders only because of prior agreements irrespective of the prevailing www.ijmer.in 238 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 market rates. The fact is that they generally stand by their oral commitments. The private merchants learn local dialects, study the psychology and needs of tribal people and advance loans to them when they are in dire need of money.The Girijan Co-Operative Corporation, a Government undertaking has been purchasing minor forest produce and other non-perishable agricultural items at reasonable rates from the tribal people and selling essential household items to them at fair price through its good network of domestic requirement depots situated in tribal villages. Duplicate brand named soaps, hair oil, face powders, shampoos; biscuits etc. are sold in the weekly markets to tribal people, coming from remote and interior villages because of the fact that such tribal people are not in touch with popular brands nor can they discover the imitations. They just find out whether the cost is within their reach or not and the generic product is suitable or not. The problems from the following areas Panchayat/ Mandal Electricity Local tax authorities Police department Central/State excise Forest department I.T.D.A Now and then the Maoists raid the weekly markets to collect money and thus create chaos in the market. Local Authorities collect what is called “Asileelu” in local dialect which is in the nature of license fees for carrying their business in the weekly market area owned by the local authority. The assessment of sales tax by the Commercial Tax Department is mostly arbitrary. The marketing committee or local www.ijmer.in 239 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 panchayat collect excess fees not commensurate with the volume of transaction. The study points out that more help and cooperation from the Government departments is very much needed to improve the business prospects of the tribal people who eke out their livelihood by selling the forest produce. In addition to the above, recently Maoists attack on some traders has become a big hurdle to the normal business. These attacks and bomb blasts are severe in G.madugula and Chintapalli mandals. Ten years back one rice mill was blasted by Maoists at Bandaveedhi village in G.madugula, one goods motor van of traders at Chintapalli also blasted by Maoists. BSNL tower also blasted at Pedabayalu village and disturb the communication networks. But in Paderu mandal their movements are very less when compared to other mandals. Only one case was registered at Minimuluru village in Paderu mandal. The respondents of coffee seeds hand over the seeds to coffee board at their nearest procurement centers. Disputes occur in respect of the payment rates to the sellers. Maoists gave a threat to the Coffee board Department. S.No Opinion on problems faced in the areas 1 Delayed payments 2 Regular orders 3 Not able to meet bulk orders 4 Stringent quality requirements 5 Procedural complexities in finalizing orders 6 Problems of Under hand dealings 7 Any other local problems www.ijmer.in 240 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 STRATEGIES FOLLOWED TO OVERCOME THE MARKETING PROBLEMS S.No. StrategyAdopted 1. Best Quality Produce Liberal Price Policy 2 Motivating factors 3 4 More quantity 5 Maintaining good contacts The table indicates the problems arising from the procuring agencies of minor forest produce. The main agencies are G.C.C, Coffee board, marketing societies, industrialists from paper industry, gum manufacturers etc. Similarly the percentages under other items of forest produce are noted in the table to show the extent of various kinds of problems faced by the respondents.. STRATEGIES ADOPTED The primary objective of the business is maxmisation of profits by serving the consumer. The consumers may change their demand as per the market situation. New competitors enter into the market as per the demand. In order to withstand under the above situation the business units should plan and chalk out an appropriate strategy. They adopt different types of strategies for overcoming the problem of marketing of MFP. The main strategies are supply of best quality produce, fix liberal prices, adopting motivating factors, more quantity and maintaining good contacts. The above study indicates different strategies adopted by the respondents to overcome the problems in the market. 38.6 per cent of the respondents supply the best quality produce to the market www.ijmer.in 241 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 considering it as the best strategy to overcome any problems in marketing. 22.7 per cent followed the policy of liberal pricing, 15 per cent resorted motivating factors and maintenance of good contacts with others and only 8.6 per cent provide more quantity of produce to the buyers who need not approach different sellers to purchase the total quantity required by them whereas 15 per cent of the respondents resort to the strategy of maintaining good contacts. Thus, the general problems identified in the Agency areas of Paderu division are low literacy, insufficient storage facilities, language barrier and shortage of transportation and communication facilities. The other problems like lower quality of produce, absence of grading and marking and multiplicity of intermediaries are severe limitations for the trade and development of minor forest produce. Most of the tribal people reported losses in business due to lack of managerial abilities. They lack knowledge in planning, organization and control techniques. They do not have sufficient knowledge regarding maintenance of equilibrium between demand and supply of the forest produce in the market. Indebtedness is a serious economic problem among the respondents in the Agency area. Among other problems, the unfavorable climatic conditions reported to be hurdle to the normal business. Severe cyclones occur in the Agency areas with heavy rainfall and floods from rivulets or streams. The permanent sheds get destroyed and consequently the tribal people do not have shelters to live in or to store their commodities safely. As a consequence their produce gets spoiled resulting in heavy losses. www.ijmer.in 242 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 www.ijmer.in 243 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 www.ijmer.in 244 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 www.ijmer.in 245 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 www.ijmer.in 246 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 www.ijmer.in 247 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 www.ijmer.in 248 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 4.527; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286 VOLUME 6, ISSUE 5(7), MAY 2017 www.ijmer.in 249